blob: 44a8f15e57b6fd1eab38d295d43db2f9362d45fd [file] [log] [blame]
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001//===--- SemaOverload.cpp - C++ Overloading ---------------------*- C++ -*-===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file provides Sema routines for C++ overloading.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
John McCall7d384dd2009-11-18 07:57:50 +000015#include "Lookup.h"
Douglas Gregor4c2458a2009-12-22 21:44:34 +000016#include "SemaInit.h"
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000017#include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h"
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +000018#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000019#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Douglas Gregora8f32e02009-10-06 17:59:45 +000020#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000021#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +000022#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +000023#include "clang/AST/TypeOrdering.h"
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +000024#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
Douglas Gregorbf3af052008-11-13 20:12:29 +000025#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +000026#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000027#include <algorithm>
28
29namespace clang {
30
31/// GetConversionCategory - Retrieve the implicit conversion
32/// category corresponding to the given implicit conversion kind.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000033ImplicitConversionCategory
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000034GetConversionCategory(ImplicitConversionKind Kind) {
35 static const ImplicitConversionCategory
36 Category[(int)ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds] = {
37 ICC_Identity,
38 ICC_Lvalue_Transformation,
39 ICC_Lvalue_Transformation,
40 ICC_Lvalue_Transformation,
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +000041 ICC_Identity,
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000042 ICC_Qualification_Adjustment,
43 ICC_Promotion,
44 ICC_Promotion,
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +000045 ICC_Promotion,
46 ICC_Conversion,
47 ICC_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000048 ICC_Conversion,
49 ICC_Conversion,
50 ICC_Conversion,
51 ICC_Conversion,
52 ICC_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor15da57e2008-10-29 02:00:59 +000053 ICC_Conversion,
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +000054 ICC_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000055 ICC_Conversion
56 };
57 return Category[(int)Kind];
58}
59
60/// GetConversionRank - Retrieve the implicit conversion rank
61/// corresponding to the given implicit conversion kind.
62ImplicitConversionRank GetConversionRank(ImplicitConversionKind Kind) {
63 static const ImplicitConversionRank
64 Rank[(int)ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds] = {
65 ICR_Exact_Match,
66 ICR_Exact_Match,
67 ICR_Exact_Match,
68 ICR_Exact_Match,
69 ICR_Exact_Match,
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +000070 ICR_Exact_Match,
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000071 ICR_Promotion,
72 ICR_Promotion,
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +000073 ICR_Promotion,
74 ICR_Conversion,
75 ICR_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000076 ICR_Conversion,
77 ICR_Conversion,
78 ICR_Conversion,
79 ICR_Conversion,
80 ICR_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor15da57e2008-10-29 02:00:59 +000081 ICR_Conversion,
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +000082 ICR_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000083 ICR_Conversion
84 };
85 return Rank[(int)Kind];
86}
87
88/// GetImplicitConversionName - Return the name of this kind of
89/// implicit conversion.
90const char* GetImplicitConversionName(ImplicitConversionKind Kind) {
Nuno Lopes2550d702009-12-23 17:49:57 +000091 static const char* const Name[(int)ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds] = {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000092 "No conversion",
93 "Lvalue-to-rvalue",
94 "Array-to-pointer",
95 "Function-to-pointer",
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +000096 "Noreturn adjustment",
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000097 "Qualification",
98 "Integral promotion",
99 "Floating point promotion",
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000100 "Complex promotion",
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000101 "Integral conversion",
102 "Floating conversion",
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000103 "Complex conversion",
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000104 "Floating-integral conversion",
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000105 "Complex-real conversion",
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000106 "Pointer conversion",
107 "Pointer-to-member conversion",
Douglas Gregor15da57e2008-10-29 02:00:59 +0000108 "Boolean conversion",
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000109 "Compatible-types conversion",
Douglas Gregor15da57e2008-10-29 02:00:59 +0000110 "Derived-to-base conversion"
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000111 };
112 return Name[Kind];
113}
114
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000115/// StandardConversionSequence - Set the standard conversion
116/// sequence to the identity conversion.
117void StandardConversionSequence::setAsIdentityConversion() {
118 First = ICK_Identity;
119 Second = ICK_Identity;
120 Third = ICK_Identity;
121 Deprecated = false;
122 ReferenceBinding = false;
123 DirectBinding = false;
Sebastian Redl85002392009-03-29 22:46:24 +0000124 RRefBinding = false;
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000125 CopyConstructor = 0;
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000126}
127
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000128/// getRank - Retrieve the rank of this standard conversion sequence
129/// (C++ 13.3.3.1.1p3). The rank is the largest rank of each of the
130/// implicit conversions.
131ImplicitConversionRank StandardConversionSequence::getRank() const {
132 ImplicitConversionRank Rank = ICR_Exact_Match;
133 if (GetConversionRank(First) > Rank)
134 Rank = GetConversionRank(First);
135 if (GetConversionRank(Second) > Rank)
136 Rank = GetConversionRank(Second);
137 if (GetConversionRank(Third) > Rank)
138 Rank = GetConversionRank(Third);
139 return Rank;
140}
141
142/// isPointerConversionToBool - Determines whether this conversion is
143/// a conversion of a pointer or pointer-to-member to bool. This is
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000144/// used as part of the ranking of standard conversion sequences
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000145/// (C++ 13.3.3.2p4).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000146bool StandardConversionSequence::isPointerConversionToBool() const {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000147 // Note that FromType has not necessarily been transformed by the
148 // array-to-pointer or function-to-pointer implicit conversions, so
149 // check for their presence as well as checking whether FromType is
150 // a pointer.
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000151 if (getToType()->isBooleanType() &&
152 (getFromType()->isPointerType() || getFromType()->isBlockPointerType() ||
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000153 First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer || First == ICK_Function_To_Pointer))
154 return true;
155
156 return false;
157}
158
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000159/// isPointerConversionToVoidPointer - Determines whether this
160/// conversion is a conversion of a pointer to a void pointer. This is
161/// used as part of the ranking of standard conversion sequences (C++
162/// 13.3.3.2p4).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000163bool
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000164StandardConversionSequence::
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000165isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(ASTContext& Context) const {
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000166 QualType FromType = getFromType();
167 QualType ToType = getToType();
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000168
169 // Note that FromType has not necessarily been transformed by the
170 // array-to-pointer implicit conversion, so check for its presence
171 // and redo the conversion to get a pointer.
172 if (First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
173 FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType);
174
Douglas Gregor01919692009-12-13 21:37:05 +0000175 if (Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion && FromType->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000176 if (const PointerType* ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>())
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000177 return ToPtrType->getPointeeType()->isVoidType();
178
179 return false;
180}
181
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000182/// DebugPrint - Print this standard conversion sequence to standard
183/// error. Useful for debugging overloading issues.
184void StandardConversionSequence::DebugPrint() const {
Daniel Dunbarf3f91f32010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000185 llvm::raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs();
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000186 bool PrintedSomething = false;
187 if (First != ICK_Identity) {
Daniel Dunbarf3f91f32010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000188 OS << GetImplicitConversionName(First);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000189 PrintedSomething = true;
190 }
191
192 if (Second != ICK_Identity) {
193 if (PrintedSomething) {
Daniel Dunbarf3f91f32010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000194 OS << " -> ";
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000195 }
Daniel Dunbarf3f91f32010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000196 OS << GetImplicitConversionName(Second);
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000197
198 if (CopyConstructor) {
Daniel Dunbarf3f91f32010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000199 OS << " (by copy constructor)";
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000200 } else if (DirectBinding) {
Daniel Dunbarf3f91f32010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000201 OS << " (direct reference binding)";
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000202 } else if (ReferenceBinding) {
Daniel Dunbarf3f91f32010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000203 OS << " (reference binding)";
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000204 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000205 PrintedSomething = true;
206 }
207
208 if (Third != ICK_Identity) {
209 if (PrintedSomething) {
Daniel Dunbarf3f91f32010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000210 OS << " -> ";
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000211 }
Daniel Dunbarf3f91f32010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000212 OS << GetImplicitConversionName(Third);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000213 PrintedSomething = true;
214 }
215
216 if (!PrintedSomething) {
Daniel Dunbarf3f91f32010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000217 OS << "No conversions required";
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000218 }
219}
220
221/// DebugPrint - Print this user-defined conversion sequence to standard
222/// error. Useful for debugging overloading issues.
223void UserDefinedConversionSequence::DebugPrint() const {
Daniel Dunbarf3f91f32010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000224 llvm::raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs();
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000225 if (Before.First || Before.Second || Before.Third) {
226 Before.DebugPrint();
Daniel Dunbarf3f91f32010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000227 OS << " -> ";
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000228 }
Daniel Dunbarf3f91f32010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000229 OS << "'" << ConversionFunction->getNameAsString() << "'";
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000230 if (After.First || After.Second || After.Third) {
Daniel Dunbarf3f91f32010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000231 OS << " -> ";
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000232 After.DebugPrint();
233 }
234}
235
236/// DebugPrint - Print this implicit conversion sequence to standard
237/// error. Useful for debugging overloading issues.
238void ImplicitConversionSequence::DebugPrint() const {
Daniel Dunbarf3f91f32010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000239 llvm::raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs();
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000240 switch (ConversionKind) {
241 case StandardConversion:
Daniel Dunbarf3f91f32010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000242 OS << "Standard conversion: ";
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000243 Standard.DebugPrint();
244 break;
245 case UserDefinedConversion:
Daniel Dunbarf3f91f32010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000246 OS << "User-defined conversion: ";
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000247 UserDefined.DebugPrint();
248 break;
249 case EllipsisConversion:
Daniel Dunbarf3f91f32010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000250 OS << "Ellipsis conversion";
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000251 break;
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000252 case AmbiguousConversion:
Daniel Dunbarf3f91f32010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000253 OS << "Ambiguous conversion";
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000254 break;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000255 case BadConversion:
Daniel Dunbarf3f91f32010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000256 OS << "Bad conversion";
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000257 break;
258 }
259
Daniel Dunbarf3f91f32010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000260 OS << "\n";
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000261}
262
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000263void AmbiguousConversionSequence::construct() {
264 new (&conversions()) ConversionSet();
265}
266
267void AmbiguousConversionSequence::destruct() {
268 conversions().~ConversionSet();
269}
270
271void
272AmbiguousConversionSequence::copyFrom(const AmbiguousConversionSequence &O) {
273 FromTypePtr = O.FromTypePtr;
274 ToTypePtr = O.ToTypePtr;
275 new (&conversions()) ConversionSet(O.conversions());
276}
277
278
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000279// IsOverload - Determine whether the given New declaration is an
John McCall51fa86f2009-12-02 08:47:38 +0000280// overload of the declarations in Old. This routine returns false if
281// New and Old cannot be overloaded, e.g., if New has the same
282// signature as some function in Old (C++ 1.3.10) or if the Old
283// declarations aren't functions (or function templates) at all. When
John McCall871b2e72009-12-09 03:35:25 +0000284// it does return false, MatchedDecl will point to the decl that New
285// cannot be overloaded with. This decl may be a UsingShadowDecl on
286// top of the underlying declaration.
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000287//
288// Example: Given the following input:
289//
290// void f(int, float); // #1
291// void f(int, int); // #2
292// int f(int, int); // #3
293//
294// When we process #1, there is no previous declaration of "f",
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000295// so IsOverload will not be used.
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000296//
John McCall51fa86f2009-12-02 08:47:38 +0000297// When we process #2, Old contains only the FunctionDecl for #1. By
298// comparing the parameter types, we see that #1 and #2 are overloaded
299// (since they have different signatures), so this routine returns
300// false; MatchedDecl is unchanged.
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000301//
John McCall51fa86f2009-12-02 08:47:38 +0000302// When we process #3, Old is an overload set containing #1 and #2. We
303// compare the signatures of #3 to #1 (they're overloaded, so we do
304// nothing) and then #3 to #2. Since the signatures of #3 and #2 are
305// identical (return types of functions are not part of the
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000306// signature), IsOverload returns false and MatchedDecl will be set to
307// point to the FunctionDecl for #2.
John McCall871b2e72009-12-09 03:35:25 +0000308Sema::OverloadKind
John McCall9f54ad42009-12-10 09:41:52 +0000309Sema::CheckOverload(FunctionDecl *New, const LookupResult &Old,
310 NamedDecl *&Match) {
John McCall51fa86f2009-12-02 08:47:38 +0000311 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Old.begin(), E = Old.end();
John McCall68263142009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000312 I != E; ++I) {
John McCall51fa86f2009-12-02 08:47:38 +0000313 NamedDecl *OldD = (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl();
314 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldT = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD)) {
John McCall68263142009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000315 if (!IsOverload(New, OldT->getTemplatedDecl())) {
John McCall871b2e72009-12-09 03:35:25 +0000316 Match = *I;
317 return Ovl_Match;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000318 }
John McCall51fa86f2009-12-02 08:47:38 +0000319 } else if (FunctionDecl *OldF = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD)) {
John McCall68263142009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000320 if (!IsOverload(New, OldF)) {
John McCall871b2e72009-12-09 03:35:25 +0000321 Match = *I;
322 return Ovl_Match;
John McCall68263142009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000323 }
John McCall9f54ad42009-12-10 09:41:52 +0000324 } else if (isa<UsingDecl>(OldD) || isa<TagDecl>(OldD)) {
325 // We can overload with these, which can show up when doing
326 // redeclaration checks for UsingDecls.
327 assert(Old.getLookupKind() == LookupUsingDeclName);
328 } else if (isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(OldD)) {
329 // Optimistically assume that an unresolved using decl will
330 // overload; if it doesn't, we'll have to diagnose during
331 // template instantiation.
332 } else {
John McCall68263142009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000333 // (C++ 13p1):
334 // Only function declarations can be overloaded; object and type
335 // declarations cannot be overloaded.
John McCall871b2e72009-12-09 03:35:25 +0000336 Match = *I;
337 return Ovl_NonFunction;
John McCall68263142009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000338 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000339 }
John McCall68263142009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000340
John McCall871b2e72009-12-09 03:35:25 +0000341 return Ovl_Overload;
John McCall68263142009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000342}
343
344bool Sema::IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old) {
345 FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = Old->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
346 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
347
348 // C++ [temp.fct]p2:
349 // A function template can be overloaded with other function templates
350 // and with normal (non-template) functions.
351 if ((OldTemplate == 0) != (NewTemplate == 0))
352 return true;
353
354 // Is the function New an overload of the function Old?
355 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
356 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
357
358 // Compare the signatures (C++ 1.3.10) of the two functions to
359 // determine whether they are overloads. If we find any mismatch
360 // in the signature, they are overloads.
361
362 // If either of these functions is a K&R-style function (no
363 // prototype), then we consider them to have matching signatures.
364 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(OldQType.getTypePtr()) ||
365 isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewQType.getTypePtr()))
366 return false;
367
368 FunctionProtoType* OldType = cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldQType);
369 FunctionProtoType* NewType = cast<FunctionProtoType>(NewQType);
370
371 // The signature of a function includes the types of its
372 // parameters (C++ 1.3.10), which includes the presence or absence
373 // of the ellipsis; see C++ DR 357).
374 if (OldQType != NewQType &&
375 (OldType->getNumArgs() != NewType->getNumArgs() ||
376 OldType->isVariadic() != NewType->isVariadic() ||
377 !std::equal(OldType->arg_type_begin(), OldType->arg_type_end(),
378 NewType->arg_type_begin())))
379 return true;
380
381 // C++ [temp.over.link]p4:
382 // The signature of a function template consists of its function
383 // signature, its return type and its template parameter list. The names
384 // of the template parameters are significant only for establishing the
385 // relationship between the template parameters and the rest of the
386 // signature.
387 //
388 // We check the return type and template parameter lists for function
389 // templates first; the remaining checks follow.
390 if (NewTemplate &&
391 (!TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
392 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
393 false, TPL_TemplateMatch) ||
394 OldType->getResultType() != NewType->getResultType()))
395 return true;
396
397 // If the function is a class member, its signature includes the
398 // cv-qualifiers (if any) on the function itself.
399 //
400 // As part of this, also check whether one of the member functions
401 // is static, in which case they are not overloads (C++
402 // 13.1p2). While not part of the definition of the signature,
403 // this check is important to determine whether these functions
404 // can be overloaded.
405 CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
406 CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
407 if (OldMethod && NewMethod &&
408 !OldMethod->isStatic() && !NewMethod->isStatic() &&
409 OldMethod->getTypeQualifiers() != NewMethod->getTypeQualifiers())
410 return true;
411
412 // The signatures match; this is not an overload.
413 return false;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000414}
415
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000416/// TryImplicitConversion - Attempt to perform an implicit conversion
417/// from the given expression (Expr) to the given type (ToType). This
418/// function returns an implicit conversion sequence that can be used
419/// to perform the initialization. Given
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000420///
421/// void f(float f);
422/// void g(int i) { f(i); }
423///
424/// this routine would produce an implicit conversion sequence to
425/// describe the initialization of f from i, which will be a standard
426/// conversion sequence containing an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (C++
427/// 4.1) followed by a floating-integral conversion (C++ 4.9).
428//
429/// Note that this routine only determines how the conversion can be
430/// performed; it does not actually perform the conversion. As such,
431/// it will not produce any diagnostics if no conversion is available,
432/// but will instead return an implicit conversion sequence of kind
433/// "BadConversion".
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000434///
435/// If @p SuppressUserConversions, then user-defined conversions are
436/// not permitted.
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +0000437/// If @p AllowExplicit, then explicit user-defined conversions are
438/// permitted.
Sebastian Redle2b68332009-04-12 17:16:29 +0000439/// If @p ForceRValue, then overloading is performed as if From was an rvalue,
440/// no matter its actual lvalueness.
Fariborz Jahanian249cead2009-10-01 20:39:51 +0000441/// If @p UserCast, the implicit conversion is being done for a user-specified
442/// cast.
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000443ImplicitConversionSequence
Anders Carlsson2974b5c2009-08-27 17:14:02 +0000444Sema::TryImplicitConversion(Expr* From, QualType ToType,
445 bool SuppressUserConversions,
Anders Carlsson08972922009-08-28 15:33:32 +0000446 bool AllowExplicit, bool ForceRValue,
Fariborz Jahanian249cead2009-10-01 20:39:51 +0000447 bool InOverloadResolution,
448 bool UserCast) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000449 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;
Fariborz Jahanian78cf9a22009-09-15 00:10:11 +0000450 OverloadCandidateSet Conversions;
Fariborz Jahanianb1663d02009-09-23 00:58:07 +0000451 OverloadingResult UserDefResult = OR_Success;
Anders Carlsson08972922009-08-28 15:33:32 +0000452 if (IsStandardConversion(From, ToType, InOverloadResolution, ICS.Standard))
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000453 ICS.setStandard();
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000454 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Fariborz Jahanianb1663d02009-09-23 00:58:07 +0000455 (UserDefResult = IsUserDefinedConversion(From, ToType,
456 ICS.UserDefined,
Fariborz Jahanian78cf9a22009-09-15 00:10:11 +0000457 Conversions,
Sebastian Redle2b68332009-04-12 17:16:29 +0000458 !SuppressUserConversions, AllowExplicit,
Fariborz Jahanian249cead2009-10-01 20:39:51 +0000459 ForceRValue, UserCast)) == OR_Success) {
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000460 ICS.setUserDefined();
Douglas Gregor396b7cd2008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000461 // C++ [over.ics.user]p4:
462 // A conversion of an expression of class type to the same class
463 // type is given Exact Match rank, and a conversion of an
464 // expression of class type to a base class of that type is
465 // given Conversion rank, in spite of the fact that a copy
466 // constructor (i.e., a user-defined conversion function) is
467 // called for those cases.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000468 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor
Douglas Gregor396b7cd2008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000469 = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction)) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000470 QualType FromCanon
Douglas Gregor2b1e0032009-02-02 22:11:10 +0000471 = Context.getCanonicalType(From->getType().getUnqualifiedType());
472 QualType ToCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor9e9199d2009-12-22 00:34:07 +0000473 if (Constructor->isCopyConstructor() &&
Douglas Gregor0d6d12b2009-12-22 00:21:20 +0000474 (FromCanon == ToCanon || IsDerivedFrom(FromCanon, ToCanon))) {
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000475 // Turn this into a "standard" conversion sequence, so that it
476 // gets ranked with standard conversion sequences.
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000477 ICS.setStandard();
Douglas Gregor396b7cd2008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000478 ICS.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion();
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000479 ICS.Standard.setFromType(From->getType());
480 ICS.Standard.setToType(ToType);
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000481 ICS.Standard.CopyConstructor = Constructor;
Douglas Gregor2b1e0032009-02-02 22:11:10 +0000482 if (ToCanon != FromCanon)
Douglas Gregor396b7cd2008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000483 ICS.Standard.Second = ICK_Derived_To_Base;
484 }
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000485 }
Douglas Gregor734d9862009-01-30 23:27:23 +0000486
487 // C++ [over.best.ics]p4:
488 // However, when considering the argument of a user-defined
489 // conversion function that is a candidate by 13.3.1.3 when
490 // invoked for the copying of the temporary in the second step
491 // of a class copy-initialization, or by 13.3.1.4, 13.3.1.5, or
492 // 13.3.1.6 in all cases, only standard conversion sequences and
493 // ellipsis conversion sequences are allowed.
John McCalladbb8f82010-01-13 09:16:55 +0000494 if (SuppressUserConversions && ICS.isUserDefined()) {
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000495 ICS.setBad();
John McCalladbb8f82010-01-13 09:16:55 +0000496 ICS.Bad.init(BadConversionSequence::suppressed_user, From, ToType);
497 }
John McCallcefd3ad2010-01-13 22:30:33 +0000498 } else if (UserDefResult == OR_Ambiguous && !SuppressUserConversions) {
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000499 ICS.setAmbiguous();
500 ICS.Ambiguous.setFromType(From->getType());
501 ICS.Ambiguous.setToType(ToType);
502 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = Conversions.begin();
503 Cand != Conversions.end(); ++Cand)
504 if (Cand->Viable)
505 ICS.Ambiguous.addConversion(Cand->Function);
Fariborz Jahanianb1663d02009-09-23 00:58:07 +0000506 } else {
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000507 ICS.setBad();
John McCalladbb8f82010-01-13 09:16:55 +0000508 ICS.Bad.init(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, From, ToType);
Fariborz Jahanianb1663d02009-09-23 00:58:07 +0000509 }
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000510
511 return ICS;
512}
513
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +0000514/// \brief Determine whether the conversion from FromType to ToType is a valid
515/// conversion that strips "noreturn" off the nested function type.
516static bool IsNoReturnConversion(ASTContext &Context, QualType FromType,
517 QualType ToType, QualType &ResultTy) {
518 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType))
519 return false;
520
521 // Strip the noreturn off the type we're converting from; noreturn can
522 // safely be removed.
523 FromType = Context.getNoReturnType(FromType, false);
524 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType))
525 return false;
526
527 ResultTy = FromType;
528 return true;
529}
530
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000531/// IsStandardConversion - Determines whether there is a standard
532/// conversion sequence (C++ [conv], C++ [over.ics.scs]) from the
533/// expression From to the type ToType. Standard conversion sequences
534/// only consider non-class types; for conversions that involve class
535/// types, use TryImplicitConversion. If a conversion exists, SCS will
536/// contain the standard conversion sequence required to perform this
537/// conversion and this routine will return true. Otherwise, this
538/// routine will return false and the value of SCS is unspecified.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000539bool
540Sema::IsStandardConversion(Expr* From, QualType ToType,
Anders Carlsson08972922009-08-28 15:33:32 +0000541 bool InOverloadResolution,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000542 StandardConversionSequence &SCS) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000543 QualType FromType = From->getType();
544
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000545 // Standard conversions (C++ [conv])
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000546 SCS.setAsIdentityConversion();
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000547 SCS.Deprecated = false;
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000548 SCS.IncompatibleObjC = false;
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000549 SCS.setFromType(FromType);
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000550 SCS.CopyConstructor = 0;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000551
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000552 // There are no standard conversions for class types in C++, so
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000553 // abort early. When overloading in C, however, we do permit
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000554 if (FromType->isRecordType() || ToType->isRecordType()) {
555 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
556 return false;
557
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000558 // When we're overloading in C, we allow, as standard conversions,
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000559 }
560
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000561 // The first conversion can be an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion,
562 // array-to-pointer conversion, or function-to-pointer conversion
563 // (C++ 4p1).
564
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000565 // Lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (C++ 4.1):
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000566 // An lvalue (3.10) of a non-function, non-array type T can be
567 // converted to an rvalue.
568 Expr::isLvalueResult argIsLvalue = From->isLvalue(Context);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000569 if (argIsLvalue == Expr::LV_Valid &&
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +0000570 !FromType->isFunctionType() && !FromType->isArrayType() &&
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +0000571 Context.getCanonicalType(FromType) != Context.OverloadTy) {
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000572 SCS.First = ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000573
574 // If T is a non-class type, the type of the rvalue is the
575 // cv-unqualified version of T. Otherwise, the type of the rvalue
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000576 // is T (C++ 4.1p1). C++ can't get here with class types; in C, we
577 // just strip the qualifiers because they don't matter.
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000578 FromType = FromType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000579 } else if (FromType->isArrayType()) {
580 // Array-to-pointer conversion (C++ 4.2)
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000581 SCS.First = ICK_Array_To_Pointer;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000582
583 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown
584 // bound of T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to
585 // T" (C++ 4.2p1).
586 FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType);
587
588 if (IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(From, ToType)) {
589 // This conversion is deprecated. (C++ D.4).
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000590 SCS.Deprecated = true;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000591
592 // For the purpose of ranking in overload resolution
593 // (13.3.3.1.1), this conversion is considered an
594 // array-to-pointer conversion followed by a qualification
595 // conversion (4.4). (C++ 4.2p2)
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000596 SCS.Second = ICK_Identity;
597 SCS.Third = ICK_Qualification;
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000598 SCS.setToType(ToType);
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000599 return true;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000600 }
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000601 } else if (FromType->isFunctionType() && argIsLvalue == Expr::LV_Valid) {
602 // Function-to-pointer conversion (C++ 4.3).
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000603 SCS.First = ICK_Function_To_Pointer;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000604
605 // An lvalue of function type T can be converted to an rvalue of
606 // type "pointer to T." The result is a pointer to the
607 // function. (C++ 4.3p1).
608 FromType = Context.getPointerType(FromType);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000609 } else if (FunctionDecl *Fn
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +0000610 = ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(From, ToType, false)) {
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000611 // Address of overloaded function (C++ [over.over]).
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +0000612 SCS.First = ICK_Function_To_Pointer;
613
614 // We were able to resolve the address of the overloaded function,
615 // so we can convert to the type of that function.
616 FromType = Fn->getType();
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +0000617 if (ToType->isLValueReferenceType())
618 FromType = Context.getLValueReferenceType(FromType);
619 else if (ToType->isRValueReferenceType())
620 FromType = Context.getRValueReferenceType(FromType);
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +0000621 else if (ToType->isMemberPointerType()) {
622 // Resolve address only succeeds if both sides are member pointers,
623 // but it doesn't have to be the same class. See DR 247.
624 // Note that this means that the type of &Derived::fn can be
625 // Ret (Base::*)(Args) if the fn overload actually found is from the
626 // base class, even if it was brought into the derived class via a
627 // using declaration. The standard isn't clear on this issue at all.
628 CXXMethodDecl *M = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn);
629 FromType = Context.getMemberPointerType(FromType,
630 Context.getTypeDeclType(M->getParent()).getTypePtr());
631 } else
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +0000632 FromType = Context.getPointerType(FromType);
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000633 } else {
634 // We don't require any conversions for the first step.
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000635 SCS.First = ICK_Identity;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000636 }
637
638 // The second conversion can be an integral promotion, floating
639 // point promotion, integral conversion, floating point conversion,
640 // floating-integral conversion, pointer conversion,
641 // pointer-to-member conversion, or boolean conversion (C++ 4p1).
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000642 // For overloading in C, this can also be a "compatible-type"
643 // conversion.
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000644 bool IncompatibleObjC = false;
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000645 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType)) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000646 // The unqualified versions of the types are the same: there's no
647 // conversion to do.
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000648 SCS.Second = ICK_Identity;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000649 } else if (IsIntegralPromotion(From, FromType, ToType)) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000650 // Integral promotion (C++ 4.5).
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000651 SCS.Second = ICK_Integral_Promotion;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000652 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000653 } else if (IsFloatingPointPromotion(FromType, ToType)) {
654 // Floating point promotion (C++ 4.6).
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000655 SCS.Second = ICK_Floating_Promotion;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000656 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000657 } else if (IsComplexPromotion(FromType, ToType)) {
658 // Complex promotion (Clang extension)
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000659 SCS.Second = ICK_Complex_Promotion;
660 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000661 } else if ((FromType->isIntegralType() || FromType->isEnumeralType()) &&
Sebastian Redl07779722008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000662 (ToType->isIntegralType() && !ToType->isEnumeralType())) {
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000663 // Integral conversions (C++ 4.7).
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000664 SCS.Second = ICK_Integral_Conversion;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000665 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000666 } else if (FromType->isFloatingType() && ToType->isFloatingType()) {
667 // Floating point conversions (C++ 4.8).
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000668 SCS.Second = ICK_Floating_Conversion;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000669 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000670 } else if (FromType->isComplexType() && ToType->isComplexType()) {
671 // Complex conversions (C99 6.3.1.6)
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000672 SCS.Second = ICK_Complex_Conversion;
673 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000674 } else if ((FromType->isFloatingType() &&
675 ToType->isIntegralType() && (!ToType->isBooleanType() &&
676 !ToType->isEnumeralType())) ||
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000677 ((FromType->isIntegralType() || FromType->isEnumeralType()) &&
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000678 ToType->isFloatingType())) {
679 // Floating-integral conversions (C++ 4.9).
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000680 SCS.Second = ICK_Floating_Integral;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000681 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000682 } else if ((FromType->isComplexType() && ToType->isArithmeticType()) ||
683 (ToType->isComplexType() && FromType->isArithmeticType())) {
684 // Complex-real conversions (C99 6.3.1.7)
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000685 SCS.Second = ICK_Complex_Real;
686 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Anders Carlsson08972922009-08-28 15:33:32 +0000687 } else if (IsPointerConversion(From, FromType, ToType, InOverloadResolution,
688 FromType, IncompatibleObjC)) {
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000689 // Pointer conversions (C++ 4.10).
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000690 SCS.Second = ICK_Pointer_Conversion;
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000691 SCS.IncompatibleObjC = IncompatibleObjC;
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +0000692 } else if (IsMemberPointerConversion(From, FromType, ToType,
693 InOverloadResolution, FromType)) {
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000694 // Pointer to member conversions (4.11).
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +0000695 SCS.Second = ICK_Pointer_Member;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000696 } else if (ToType->isBooleanType() &&
697 (FromType->isArithmeticType() ||
698 FromType->isEnumeralType() ||
Fariborz Jahanian1f7711d2009-12-11 21:23:13 +0000699 FromType->isAnyPointerType() ||
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000700 FromType->isBlockPointerType() ||
701 FromType->isMemberPointerType() ||
702 FromType->isNullPtrType())) {
703 // Boolean conversions (C++ 4.12).
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000704 SCS.Second = ICK_Boolean_Conversion;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000705 FromType = Context.BoolTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000706 } else if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000707 Context.typesAreCompatible(ToType, FromType)) {
708 // Compatible conversions (Clang extension for C function overloading)
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000709 SCS.Second = ICK_Compatible_Conversion;
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +0000710 } else if (IsNoReturnConversion(Context, FromType, ToType, FromType)) {
711 // Treat a conversion that strips "noreturn" as an identity conversion.
712 SCS.Second = ICK_NoReturn_Adjustment;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000713 } else {
714 // No second conversion required.
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000715 SCS.Second = ICK_Identity;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000716 }
717
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000718 QualType CanonFrom;
719 QualType CanonTo;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000720 // The third conversion can be a qualification conversion (C++ 4p1).
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +0000721 if (IsQualificationConversion(FromType, ToType)) {
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000722 SCS.Third = ICK_Qualification;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000723 FromType = ToType;
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000724 CanonFrom = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
725 CanonTo = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000726 } else {
727 // No conversion required
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000728 SCS.Third = ICK_Identity;
729
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000730 // C++ [over.best.ics]p6:
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000731 // [...] Any difference in top-level cv-qualification is
732 // subsumed by the initialization itself and does not constitute
733 // a conversion. [...]
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000734 CanonFrom = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000735 CanonTo = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType);
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +0000736 if (CanonFrom.getLocalUnqualifiedType()
737 == CanonTo.getLocalUnqualifiedType() &&
738 CanonFrom.getLocalCVRQualifiers() != CanonTo.getLocalCVRQualifiers()) {
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000739 FromType = ToType;
740 CanonFrom = CanonTo;
741 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000742 }
743
744 // If we have not converted the argument type to the parameter type,
745 // this is a bad conversion sequence.
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000746 if (CanonFrom != CanonTo)
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000747 return false;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000748
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000749 SCS.setToType(FromType);
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000750 return true;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000751}
752
753/// IsIntegralPromotion - Determines whether the conversion from the
754/// expression From (whose potentially-adjusted type is FromType) to
755/// ToType is an integral promotion (C++ 4.5). If so, returns true and
756/// sets PromotedType to the promoted type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000757bool Sema::IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000758 const BuiltinType *To = ToType->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Sebastian Redlf7be9442008-11-04 15:59:10 +0000759 // All integers are built-in.
Sebastian Redl07779722008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000760 if (!To) {
761 return false;
762 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000763
764 // An rvalue of type char, signed char, unsigned char, short int, or
765 // unsigned short int can be converted to an rvalue of type int if
766 // int can represent all the values of the source type; otherwise,
767 // the source rvalue can be converted to an rvalue of type unsigned
768 // int (C++ 4.5p1).
Sebastian Redl07779722008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000769 if (FromType->isPromotableIntegerType() && !FromType->isBooleanType()) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000770 if (// We can promote any signed, promotable integer type to an int
771 (FromType->isSignedIntegerType() ||
772 // We can promote any unsigned integer type whose size is
773 // less than int to an int.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000774 (!FromType->isSignedIntegerType() &&
Sebastian Redl07779722008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000775 Context.getTypeSize(FromType) < Context.getTypeSize(ToType)))) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000776 return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int;
Sebastian Redl07779722008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000777 }
778
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000779 return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::UInt;
780 }
781
782 // An rvalue of type wchar_t (3.9.1) or an enumeration type (7.2)
783 // can be converted to an rvalue of the first of the following types
784 // that can represent all the values of its underlying type: int,
785 // unsigned int, long, or unsigned long (C++ 4.5p2).
John McCall842aef82009-12-09 09:09:27 +0000786
787 // We pre-calculate the promotion type for enum types.
788 if (const EnumType *FromEnumType = FromType->getAs<EnumType>())
789 if (ToType->isIntegerType())
790 return Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType,
791 FromEnumType->getDecl()->getPromotionType());
792
793 if (FromType->isWideCharType() && ToType->isIntegerType()) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000794 // Determine whether the type we're converting from is signed or
795 // unsigned.
796 bool FromIsSigned;
797 uint64_t FromSize = Context.getTypeSize(FromType);
John McCall842aef82009-12-09 09:09:27 +0000798
799 // FIXME: Is wchar_t signed or unsigned? We assume it's signed for now.
800 FromIsSigned = true;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000801
802 // The types we'll try to promote to, in the appropriate
803 // order. Try each of these types.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000804 QualType PromoteTypes[6] = {
805 Context.IntTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy,
Douglas Gregorc9467cf2008-12-12 02:00:36 +0000806 Context.LongTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy ,
807 Context.LongLongTy, Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000808 };
Douglas Gregorc9467cf2008-12-12 02:00:36 +0000809 for (int Idx = 0; Idx < 6; ++Idx) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000810 uint64_t ToSize = Context.getTypeSize(PromoteTypes[Idx]);
811 if (FromSize < ToSize ||
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000812 (FromSize == ToSize &&
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000813 FromIsSigned == PromoteTypes[Idx]->isSignedIntegerType())) {
814 // We found the type that we can promote to. If this is the
815 // type we wanted, we have a promotion. Otherwise, no
816 // promotion.
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +0000817 return Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType, PromoteTypes[Idx]);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000818 }
819 }
820 }
821
822 // An rvalue for an integral bit-field (9.6) can be converted to an
823 // rvalue of type int if int can represent all the values of the
824 // bit-field; otherwise, it can be converted to unsigned int if
825 // unsigned int can represent all the values of the bit-field. If
826 // the bit-field is larger yet, no integral promotion applies to
827 // it. If the bit-field has an enumerated type, it is treated as any
828 // other value of that type for promotion purposes (C++ 4.5p3).
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000829 // FIXME: We should delay checking of bit-fields until we actually perform the
830 // conversion.
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +0000831 using llvm::APSInt;
832 if (From)
833 if (FieldDecl *MemberDecl = From->getBitField()) {
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +0000834 APSInt BitWidth;
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +0000835 if (FromType->isIntegralType() && !FromType->isEnumeralType() &&
836 MemberDecl->getBitWidth()->isIntegerConstantExpr(BitWidth, Context)) {
837 APSInt ToSize(BitWidth.getBitWidth(), BitWidth.isUnsigned());
838 ToSize = Context.getTypeSize(ToType);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000839
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +0000840 // Are we promoting to an int from a bitfield that fits in an int?
841 if (BitWidth < ToSize ||
842 (FromType->isSignedIntegerType() && BitWidth <= ToSize)) {
843 return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int;
844 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000845
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +0000846 // Are we promoting to an unsigned int from an unsigned bitfield
847 // that fits into an unsigned int?
848 if (FromType->isUnsignedIntegerType() && BitWidth <= ToSize) {
849 return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::UInt;
850 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000851
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +0000852 return false;
Sebastian Redl07779722008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000853 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000854 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000855
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000856 // An rvalue of type bool can be converted to an rvalue of type int,
857 // with false becoming zero and true becoming one (C++ 4.5p4).
Sebastian Redl07779722008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000858 if (FromType->isBooleanType() && To->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000859 return true;
Sebastian Redl07779722008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000860 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000861
862 return false;
863}
864
865/// IsFloatingPointPromotion - Determines whether the conversion from
866/// FromType to ToType is a floating point promotion (C++ 4.6). If so,
867/// returns true and sets PromotedType to the promoted type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000868bool Sema::IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000869 /// An rvalue of type float can be converted to an rvalue of type
870 /// double. (C++ 4.6p1).
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000871 if (const BuiltinType *FromBuiltin = FromType->getAs<BuiltinType>())
872 if (const BuiltinType *ToBuiltin = ToType->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000873 if (FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float &&
874 ToBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double)
875 return true;
876
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000877 // C99 6.3.1.5p1:
878 // When a float is promoted to double or long double, or a
879 // double is promoted to long double [...].
880 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
881 (FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float ||
882 FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double) &&
883 (ToBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble))
884 return true;
885 }
886
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000887 return false;
888}
889
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000890/// \brief Determine if a conversion is a complex promotion.
891///
892/// A complex promotion is defined as a complex -> complex conversion
893/// where the conversion between the underlying real types is a
Douglas Gregorb7b5d132009-02-12 00:26:06 +0000894/// floating-point or integral promotion.
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000895bool Sema::IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000896 const ComplexType *FromComplex = FromType->getAs<ComplexType>();
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000897 if (!FromComplex)
898 return false;
899
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000900 const ComplexType *ToComplex = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>();
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000901 if (!ToComplex)
902 return false;
903
904 return IsFloatingPointPromotion(FromComplex->getElementType(),
Douglas Gregorb7b5d132009-02-12 00:26:06 +0000905 ToComplex->getElementType()) ||
906 IsIntegralPromotion(0, FromComplex->getElementType(),
907 ToComplex->getElementType());
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000908}
909
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000910/// BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType - In a pointer conversion from
911/// the pointer type FromPtr to a pointer to type ToPointee, with the
912/// same type qualifiers as FromPtr has on its pointee type. ToType,
913/// if non-empty, will be a pointer to ToType that may or may not have
914/// the right set of qualifiers on its pointee.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000915static QualType
916BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(const PointerType *FromPtr,
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000917 QualType ToPointee, QualType ToType,
918 ASTContext &Context) {
919 QualType CanonFromPointee = Context.getCanonicalType(FromPtr->getPointeeType());
920 QualType CanonToPointee = Context.getCanonicalType(ToPointee);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000921 Qualifiers Quals = CanonFromPointee.getQualifiers();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000922
923 // Exact qualifier match -> return the pointer type we're converting to.
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +0000924 if (CanonToPointee.getLocalQualifiers() == Quals) {
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000925 // ToType is exactly what we need. Return it.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000926 if (!ToType.isNull())
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000927 return ToType;
928
929 // Build a pointer to ToPointee. It has the right qualifiers
930 // already.
931 return Context.getPointerType(ToPointee);
932 }
933
934 // Just build a canonical type that has the right qualifiers.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000935 return Context.getPointerType(
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +0000936 Context.getQualifiedType(CanonToPointee.getLocalUnqualifiedType(),
937 Quals));
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000938}
939
Fariborz Jahanianadcfab12009-12-16 23:13:33 +0000940/// BuildSimilarlyQualifiedObjCObjectPointerType - In a pointer conversion from
941/// the FromType, which is an objective-c pointer, to ToType, which may or may
942/// not have the right set of qualifiers.
943static QualType
944BuildSimilarlyQualifiedObjCObjectPointerType(QualType FromType,
945 QualType ToType,
946 ASTContext &Context) {
947 QualType CanonFromType = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
948 QualType CanonToType = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType);
949 Qualifiers Quals = CanonFromType.getQualifiers();
950
951 // Exact qualifier match -> return the pointer type we're converting to.
952 if (CanonToType.getLocalQualifiers() == Quals)
953 return ToType;
954
955 // Just build a canonical type that has the right qualifiers.
956 return Context.getQualifiedType(CanonToType.getLocalUnqualifiedType(), Quals);
957}
958
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000959static bool isNullPointerConstantForConversion(Expr *Expr,
Anders Carlssonbbf306b2009-08-28 15:55:56 +0000960 bool InOverloadResolution,
961 ASTContext &Context) {
962 // Handle value-dependent integral null pointer constants correctly.
963 // http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#903
964 if (Expr->isValueDependent() && !Expr->isTypeDependent() &&
965 Expr->getType()->isIntegralType())
966 return !InOverloadResolution;
967
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +0000968 return Expr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
969 InOverloadResolution? Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull
970 : Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
Anders Carlssonbbf306b2009-08-28 15:55:56 +0000971}
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000972
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000973/// IsPointerConversion - Determines whether the conversion of the
974/// expression From, which has the (possibly adjusted) type FromType,
975/// can be converted to the type ToType via a pointer conversion (C++
976/// 4.10). If so, returns true and places the converted type (that
977/// might differ from ToType in its cv-qualifiers at some level) into
978/// ConvertedType.
Douglas Gregor071f2ae2008-11-27 00:15:41 +0000979///
Douglas Gregor7ca09762008-11-27 01:19:21 +0000980/// This routine also supports conversions to and from block pointers
981/// and conversions with Objective-C's 'id', 'id<protocols...>', and
982/// pointers to interfaces. FIXME: Once we've determined the
983/// appropriate overloading rules for Objective-C, we may want to
984/// split the Objective-C checks into a different routine; however,
985/// GCC seems to consider all of these conversions to be pointer
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000986/// conversions, so for now they live here. IncompatibleObjC will be
987/// set if the conversion is an allowed Objective-C conversion that
988/// should result in a warning.
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000989bool Sema::IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
Anders Carlsson08972922009-08-28 15:33:32 +0000990 bool InOverloadResolution,
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000991 QualType& ConvertedType,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000992 bool &IncompatibleObjC) {
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000993 IncompatibleObjC = false;
Douglas Gregorc7887512008-12-19 19:13:09 +0000994 if (isObjCPointerConversion(FromType, ToType, ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC))
995 return true;
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000996
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000997 // Conversion from a null pointer constant to any Objective-C pointer type.
998 if (ToType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
Anders Carlssonbbf306b2009-08-28 15:55:56 +0000999 isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) {
Douglas Gregor27b09ac2008-12-22 20:51:52 +00001000 ConvertedType = ToType;
1001 return true;
1002 }
1003
Douglas Gregor071f2ae2008-11-27 00:15:41 +00001004 // Blocks: Block pointers can be converted to void*.
1005 if (FromType->isBlockPointerType() && ToType->isPointerType() &&
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001006 ToType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregor071f2ae2008-11-27 00:15:41 +00001007 ConvertedType = ToType;
1008 return true;
1009 }
1010 // Blocks: A null pointer constant can be converted to a block
1011 // pointer type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001012 if (ToType->isBlockPointerType() &&
Anders Carlssonbbf306b2009-08-28 15:55:56 +00001013 isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) {
Douglas Gregor071f2ae2008-11-27 00:15:41 +00001014 ConvertedType = ToType;
1015 return true;
1016 }
1017
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00001018 // If the left-hand-side is nullptr_t, the right side can be a null
1019 // pointer constant.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001020 if (ToType->isNullPtrType() &&
Anders Carlssonbbf306b2009-08-28 15:55:56 +00001021 isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) {
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00001022 ConvertedType = ToType;
1023 return true;
1024 }
1025
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001026 const PointerType* ToTypePtr = ToType->getAs<PointerType>();
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001027 if (!ToTypePtr)
1028 return false;
1029
1030 // A null pointer constant can be converted to a pointer type (C++ 4.10p1).
Anders Carlssonbbf306b2009-08-28 15:55:56 +00001031 if (isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001032 ConvertedType = ToType;
1033 return true;
1034 }
Sebastian Redl07779722008-10-31 14:43:28 +00001035
Fariborz Jahanianadcfab12009-12-16 23:13:33 +00001036 // Beyond this point, both types need to be pointers
1037 // , including objective-c pointers.
1038 QualType ToPointeeType = ToTypePtr->getPointeeType();
1039 if (FromType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && ToPointeeType->isVoidType()) {
1040 ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedObjCObjectPointerType(FromType,
1041 ToType, Context);
1042 return true;
1043
1044 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001045 const PointerType *FromTypePtr = FromType->getAs<PointerType>();
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001046 if (!FromTypePtr)
1047 return false;
1048
1049 QualType FromPointeeType = FromTypePtr->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001050
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001051 // An rvalue of type "pointer to cv T," where T is an object type,
1052 // can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to cv void" (C++
1053 // 4.10p2).
Douglas Gregorbad0e652009-03-24 20:32:41 +00001054 if (FromPointeeType->isObjectType() && ToPointeeType->isVoidType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001055 ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr,
Douglas Gregorbf408182008-11-27 00:52:49 +00001056 ToPointeeType,
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001057 ToType, Context);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001058 return true;
1059 }
1060
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001061 // When we're overloading in C, we allow a special kind of pointer
1062 // conversion for compatible-but-not-identical pointee types.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001063 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001064 Context.typesAreCompatible(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001065 ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr,
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001066 ToPointeeType,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001067 ToType, Context);
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001068 return true;
1069 }
1070
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001071 // C++ [conv.ptr]p3:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001072 //
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001073 // An rvalue of type "pointer to cv D," where D is a class type,
1074 // can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to cv B," where
1075 // B is a base class (clause 10) of D. If B is an inaccessible
1076 // (clause 11) or ambiguous (10.2) base class of D, a program that
1077 // necessitates this conversion is ill-formed. The result of the
1078 // conversion is a pointer to the base class sub-object of the
1079 // derived class object. The null pointer value is converted to
1080 // the null pointer value of the destination type.
1081 //
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001082 // Note that we do not check for ambiguity or inaccessibility
1083 // here. That is handled by CheckPointerConversion.
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001084 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1085 FromPointeeType->isRecordType() && ToPointeeType->isRecordType() &&
Douglas Gregor2685eab2009-10-29 23:08:22 +00001086 !RequireCompleteType(From->getLocStart(), FromPointeeType, PDiag()) &&
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001087 IsDerivedFrom(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001088 ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr,
Douglas Gregorbf408182008-11-27 00:52:49 +00001089 ToPointeeType,
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001090 ToType, Context);
1091 return true;
1092 }
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001093
Douglas Gregorc7887512008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001094 return false;
1095}
1096
1097/// isObjCPointerConversion - Determines whether this is an
1098/// Objective-C pointer conversion. Subroutine of IsPointerConversion,
1099/// with the same arguments and return values.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001100bool Sema::isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
Douglas Gregorc7887512008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001101 QualType& ConvertedType,
1102 bool &IncompatibleObjC) {
1103 if (!getLangOptions().ObjC1)
1104 return false;
Fariborz Jahanian83b7b312010-01-18 22:59:22 +00001105
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001106 // First, we handle all conversions on ObjC object pointer types.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001107 const ObjCObjectPointerType* ToObjCPtr = ToType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001108 const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromObjCPtr =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001109 FromType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Douglas Gregorc7887512008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001110
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001111 if (ToObjCPtr && FromObjCPtr) {
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00001112 // Objective C++: We're able to convert between "id" or "Class" and a
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001113 // pointer to any interface (in both directions).
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00001114 if (ToObjCPtr->isObjCBuiltinType() && FromObjCPtr->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001115 ConvertedType = ToType;
1116 return true;
1117 }
1118 // Conversions with Objective-C's id<...>.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001119 if ((FromObjCPtr->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001120 ToObjCPtr->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001121 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(ToType, FromType,
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00001122 /*compare=*/false)) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001123 ConvertedType = ToType;
1124 return true;
1125 }
1126 // Objective C++: We're able to convert from a pointer to an
1127 // interface to a pointer to a different interface.
1128 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(ToObjCPtr, FromObjCPtr)) {
1129 ConvertedType = ToType;
1130 return true;
1131 }
1132
1133 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromObjCPtr, ToObjCPtr)) {
1134 // Okay: this is some kind of implicit downcast of Objective-C
1135 // interfaces, which is permitted. However, we're going to
1136 // complain about it.
1137 IncompatibleObjC = true;
1138 ConvertedType = FromType;
1139 return true;
1140 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001141 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001142 // Beyond this point, both types need to be C pointers or block pointers.
Douglas Gregor2a7e58d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001143 QualType ToPointeeType;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001144 if (const PointerType *ToCPtr = ToType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001145 ToPointeeType = ToCPtr->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanianb351a7d2010-01-20 22:54:38 +00001146 else if (const BlockPointerType *ToBlockPtr =
1147 ToType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian48168392010-01-21 00:08:17 +00001148 // Objective C++: We're able to convert from a pointer to any object
Fariborz Jahanianb351a7d2010-01-20 22:54:38 +00001149 // to a block pointer type.
1150 if (FromObjCPtr && FromObjCPtr->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
1151 ConvertedType = ToType;
1152 return true;
1153 }
Douglas Gregor2a7e58d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001154 ToPointeeType = ToBlockPtr->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanianb351a7d2010-01-20 22:54:38 +00001155 }
Fariborz Jahanianf7c43fd2010-01-21 00:05:09 +00001156 else if (FromType->getAs<BlockPointerType>() &&
1157 ToObjCPtr && ToObjCPtr->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
1158 // Objective C++: We're able to convert from a block pointer type to a
Fariborz Jahanian48168392010-01-21 00:08:17 +00001159 // pointer to any object.
Fariborz Jahanianf7c43fd2010-01-21 00:05:09 +00001160 ConvertedType = ToType;
1161 return true;
1162 }
Douglas Gregor2a7e58d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001163 else
Douglas Gregorc7887512008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001164 return false;
1165
Douglas Gregor2a7e58d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001166 QualType FromPointeeType;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001167 if (const PointerType *FromCPtr = FromType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001168 FromPointeeType = FromCPtr->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001169 else if (const BlockPointerType *FromBlockPtr = FromType->getAs<BlockPointerType>())
Douglas Gregor2a7e58d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001170 FromPointeeType = FromBlockPtr->getPointeeType();
1171 else
Douglas Gregorc7887512008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001172 return false;
1173
Douglas Gregorc7887512008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001174 // If we have pointers to pointers, recursively check whether this
1175 // is an Objective-C conversion.
1176 if (FromPointeeType->isPointerType() && ToPointeeType->isPointerType() &&
1177 isObjCPointerConversion(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType, ConvertedType,
1178 IncompatibleObjC)) {
1179 // We always complain about this conversion.
1180 IncompatibleObjC = true;
1181 ConvertedType = ToType;
1182 return true;
1183 }
Fariborz Jahanian83b7b312010-01-18 22:59:22 +00001184 // Allow conversion of pointee being objective-c pointer to another one;
1185 // as in I* to id.
1186 if (FromPointeeType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>() &&
1187 ToPointeeType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>() &&
1188 isObjCPointerConversion(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType, ConvertedType,
1189 IncompatibleObjC)) {
1190 ConvertedType = ToType;
1191 return true;
1192 }
1193
Douglas Gregor2a7e58d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001194 // If we have pointers to functions or blocks, check whether the only
Douglas Gregorc7887512008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001195 // differences in the argument and result types are in Objective-C
1196 // pointer conversions. If so, we permit the conversion (but
1197 // complain about it).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001198 const FunctionProtoType *FromFunctionType
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001199 = FromPointeeType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001200 const FunctionProtoType *ToFunctionType
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001201 = ToPointeeType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Douglas Gregorc7887512008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001202 if (FromFunctionType && ToFunctionType) {
1203 // If the function types are exactly the same, this isn't an
1204 // Objective-C pointer conversion.
1205 if (Context.getCanonicalType(FromPointeeType)
1206 == Context.getCanonicalType(ToPointeeType))
1207 return false;
1208
1209 // Perform the quick checks that will tell us whether these
1210 // function types are obviously different.
1211 if (FromFunctionType->getNumArgs() != ToFunctionType->getNumArgs() ||
1212 FromFunctionType->isVariadic() != ToFunctionType->isVariadic() ||
1213 FromFunctionType->getTypeQuals() != ToFunctionType->getTypeQuals())
1214 return false;
1215
1216 bool HasObjCConversion = false;
1217 if (Context.getCanonicalType(FromFunctionType->getResultType())
1218 == Context.getCanonicalType(ToFunctionType->getResultType())) {
1219 // Okay, the types match exactly. Nothing to do.
1220 } else if (isObjCPointerConversion(FromFunctionType->getResultType(),
1221 ToFunctionType->getResultType(),
1222 ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC)) {
1223 // Okay, we have an Objective-C pointer conversion.
1224 HasObjCConversion = true;
1225 } else {
1226 // Function types are too different. Abort.
1227 return false;
1228 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001229
Douglas Gregorc7887512008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001230 // Check argument types.
1231 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, NumArgs = FromFunctionType->getNumArgs();
1232 ArgIdx != NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
1233 QualType FromArgType = FromFunctionType->getArgType(ArgIdx);
1234 QualType ToArgType = ToFunctionType->getArgType(ArgIdx);
1235 if (Context.getCanonicalType(FromArgType)
1236 == Context.getCanonicalType(ToArgType)) {
1237 // Okay, the types match exactly. Nothing to do.
1238 } else if (isObjCPointerConversion(FromArgType, ToArgType,
1239 ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC)) {
1240 // Okay, we have an Objective-C pointer conversion.
1241 HasObjCConversion = true;
1242 } else {
1243 // Argument types are too different. Abort.
1244 return false;
1245 }
1246 }
1247
1248 if (HasObjCConversion) {
1249 // We had an Objective-C conversion. Allow this pointer
1250 // conversion, but complain about it.
1251 ConvertedType = ToType;
1252 IncompatibleObjC = true;
1253 return true;
1254 }
1255 }
1256
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001257 return false;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001258}
1259
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001260/// CheckPointerConversion - Check the pointer conversion from the
1261/// expression From to the type ToType. This routine checks for
Sebastian Redl9cc11e72009-07-25 15:41:38 +00001262/// ambiguous or inaccessible derived-to-base pointer
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001263/// conversions for which IsPointerConversion has already returned
1264/// true. It returns true and produces a diagnostic if there was an
1265/// error, or returns false otherwise.
Anders Carlsson61faec12009-09-12 04:46:44 +00001266bool Sema::CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
Sebastian Redla82e4ae2009-11-14 21:15:49 +00001267 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind,
1268 bool IgnoreBaseAccess) {
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001269 QualType FromType = From->getType();
1270
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001271 if (const PointerType *FromPtrType = FromType->getAs<PointerType>())
1272 if (const PointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001273 QualType FromPointeeType = FromPtrType->getPointeeType(),
1274 ToPointeeType = ToPtrType->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregordda78892008-12-18 23:43:31 +00001275
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001276 if (FromPointeeType->isRecordType() &&
1277 ToPointeeType->isRecordType()) {
1278 // We must have a derived-to-base conversion. Check an
1279 // ambiguous or inaccessible conversion.
Anders Carlsson61faec12009-09-12 04:46:44 +00001280 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType,
1281 From->getExprLoc(),
Sebastian Redla82e4ae2009-11-14 21:15:49 +00001282 From->getSourceRange(),
1283 IgnoreBaseAccess))
Anders Carlsson61faec12009-09-12 04:46:44 +00001284 return true;
1285
1286 // The conversion was successful.
1287 Kind = CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase;
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001288 }
1289 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001290 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromPtrType =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001291 FromType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001292 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *ToPtrType =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001293 ToType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001294 // Objective-C++ conversions are always okay.
1295 // FIXME: We should have a different class of conversions for the
1296 // Objective-C++ implicit conversions.
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00001297 if (FromPtrType->isObjCBuiltinType() || ToPtrType->isObjCBuiltinType())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001298 return false;
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001299
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001300 }
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001301 return false;
1302}
1303
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001304/// IsMemberPointerConversion - Determines whether the conversion of the
1305/// expression From, which has the (possibly adjusted) type FromType, can be
1306/// converted to the type ToType via a member pointer conversion (C++ 4.11).
1307/// If so, returns true and places the converted type (that might differ from
1308/// ToType in its cv-qualifiers at some level) into ConvertedType.
1309bool Sema::IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType,
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00001310 QualType ToType,
1311 bool InOverloadResolution,
1312 QualType &ConvertedType) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001313 const MemberPointerType *ToTypePtr = ToType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001314 if (!ToTypePtr)
1315 return false;
1316
1317 // A null pointer constant can be converted to a member pointer (C++ 4.11p1)
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00001318 if (From->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
1319 InOverloadResolution? Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull
1320 : Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001321 ConvertedType = ToType;
1322 return true;
1323 }
1324
1325 // Otherwise, both types have to be member pointers.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001326 const MemberPointerType *FromTypePtr = FromType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001327 if (!FromTypePtr)
1328 return false;
1329
1330 // A pointer to member of B can be converted to a pointer to member of D,
1331 // where D is derived from B (C++ 4.11p2).
1332 QualType FromClass(FromTypePtr->getClass(), 0);
1333 QualType ToClass(ToTypePtr->getClass(), 0);
1334 // FIXME: What happens when these are dependent? Is this function even called?
1335
1336 if (IsDerivedFrom(ToClass, FromClass)) {
1337 ConvertedType = Context.getMemberPointerType(FromTypePtr->getPointeeType(),
1338 ToClass.getTypePtr());
1339 return true;
1340 }
1341
1342 return false;
1343}
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001344
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001345/// CheckMemberPointerConversion - Check the member pointer conversion from the
1346/// expression From to the type ToType. This routine checks for ambiguous or
1347/// virtual (FIXME: or inaccessible) base-to-derived member pointer conversions
1348/// for which IsMemberPointerConversion has already returned true. It returns
1349/// true and produces a diagnostic if there was an error, or returns false
1350/// otherwise.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001351bool Sema::CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
Sebastian Redla82e4ae2009-11-14 21:15:49 +00001352 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind,
1353 bool IgnoreBaseAccess) {
1354 (void)IgnoreBaseAccess;
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001355 QualType FromType = From->getType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001356 const MemberPointerType *FromPtrType = FromType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
Anders Carlsson27a5b9b2009-08-22 23:33:40 +00001357 if (!FromPtrType) {
1358 // This must be a null pointer to member pointer conversion
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00001359 assert(From->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
1360 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull) &&
Anders Carlsson27a5b9b2009-08-22 23:33:40 +00001361 "Expr must be null pointer constant!");
1362 Kind = CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer;
Sebastian Redl21593ac2009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001363 return false;
Anders Carlsson27a5b9b2009-08-22 23:33:40 +00001364 }
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001365
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001366 const MemberPointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
Sebastian Redl21593ac2009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001367 assert(ToPtrType && "No member pointer cast has a target type "
1368 "that is not a member pointer.");
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001369
Sebastian Redl21593ac2009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001370 QualType FromClass = QualType(FromPtrType->getClass(), 0);
1371 QualType ToClass = QualType(ToPtrType->getClass(), 0);
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001372
Sebastian Redl21593ac2009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001373 // FIXME: What about dependent types?
1374 assert(FromClass->isRecordType() && "Pointer into non-class.");
1375 assert(ToClass->isRecordType() && "Pointer into non-class.");
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001376
Douglas Gregora8f32e02009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001377 CXXBasePaths Paths(/*FindAmbiguities=*/true, /*RecordPaths=*/false,
1378 /*DetectVirtual=*/true);
Sebastian Redl21593ac2009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001379 bool DerivationOkay = IsDerivedFrom(ToClass, FromClass, Paths);
1380 assert(DerivationOkay &&
1381 "Should not have been called if derivation isn't OK.");
1382 (void)DerivationOkay;
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001383
Sebastian Redl21593ac2009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001384 if (Paths.isAmbiguous(Context.getCanonicalType(FromClass).
1385 getUnqualifiedType())) {
1386 // Derivation is ambiguous. Redo the check to find the exact paths.
1387 Paths.clear();
1388 Paths.setRecordingPaths(true);
1389 bool StillOkay = IsDerivedFrom(ToClass, FromClass, Paths);
1390 assert(StillOkay && "Derivation changed due to quantum fluctuation.");
1391 (void)StillOkay;
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001392
Sebastian Redl21593ac2009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001393 std::string PathDisplayStr = getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(Paths);
1394 Diag(From->getExprLoc(), diag::err_ambiguous_memptr_conv)
1395 << 0 << FromClass << ToClass << PathDisplayStr << From->getSourceRange();
1396 return true;
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001397 }
Sebastian Redl21593ac2009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001398
Douglas Gregorc1efaec2009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001399 if (const RecordType *VBase = Paths.getDetectedVirtual()) {
Sebastian Redl21593ac2009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001400 Diag(From->getExprLoc(), diag::err_memptr_conv_via_virtual)
1401 << FromClass << ToClass << QualType(VBase, 0)
1402 << From->getSourceRange();
1403 return true;
1404 }
1405
Anders Carlsson27a5b9b2009-08-22 23:33:40 +00001406 // Must be a base to derived member conversion.
1407 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BaseToDerivedMemberPointer;
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001408 return false;
1409}
1410
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001411/// IsQualificationConversion - Determines whether the conversion from
1412/// an rvalue of type FromType to ToType is a qualification conversion
1413/// (C++ 4.4).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001414bool
1415Sema::IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType) {
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001416 FromType = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
1417 ToType = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType);
1418
1419 // If FromType and ToType are the same type, this is not a
1420 // qualification conversion.
1421 if (FromType == ToType)
1422 return false;
Sebastian Redl21593ac2009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001423
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001424 // (C++ 4.4p4):
1425 // A conversion can add cv-qualifiers at levels other than the first
1426 // in multi-level pointers, subject to the following rules: [...]
1427 bool PreviousToQualsIncludeConst = true;
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001428 bool UnwrappedAnyPointer = false;
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001429 while (UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(FromType, ToType)) {
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001430 // Within each iteration of the loop, we check the qualifiers to
1431 // determine if this still looks like a qualification
1432 // conversion. Then, if all is well, we unwrap one more level of
Douglas Gregorf8268ae2008-10-22 17:49:05 +00001433 // pointers or pointers-to-members and do it all again
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001434 // until there are no more pointers or pointers-to-members left to
1435 // unwrap.
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001436 UnwrappedAnyPointer = true;
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001437
1438 // -- for every j > 0, if const is in cv 1,j then const is in cv
1439 // 2,j, and similarly for volatile.
Douglas Gregor9b6e2d22008-10-22 00:38:21 +00001440 if (!ToType.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FromType))
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001441 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001442
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001443 // -- if the cv 1,j and cv 2,j are different, then const is in
1444 // every cv for 0 < k < j.
1445 if (FromType.getCVRQualifiers() != ToType.getCVRQualifiers()
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001446 && !PreviousToQualsIncludeConst)
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001447 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001448
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001449 // Keep track of whether all prior cv-qualifiers in the "to" type
1450 // include const.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001451 PreviousToQualsIncludeConst
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001452 = PreviousToQualsIncludeConst && ToType.isConstQualified();
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001453 }
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001454
1455 // We are left with FromType and ToType being the pointee types
1456 // after unwrapping the original FromType and ToType the same number
1457 // of types. If we unwrapped any pointers, and if FromType and
1458 // ToType have the same unqualified type (since we checked
1459 // qualifiers above), then this is a qualification conversion.
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00001460 return UnwrappedAnyPointer && Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType,ToType);
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001461}
1462
Douglas Gregor734d9862009-01-30 23:27:23 +00001463/// Determines whether there is a user-defined conversion sequence
1464/// (C++ [over.ics.user]) that converts expression From to the type
1465/// ToType. If such a conversion exists, User will contain the
1466/// user-defined conversion sequence that performs such a conversion
1467/// and this routine will return true. Otherwise, this routine returns
1468/// false and User is unspecified.
1469///
1470/// \param AllowConversionFunctions true if the conversion should
1471/// consider conversion functions at all. If false, only constructors
1472/// will be considered.
1473///
1474/// \param AllowExplicit true if the conversion should consider C++0x
1475/// "explicit" conversion functions as well as non-explicit conversion
1476/// functions (C++0x [class.conv.fct]p2).
Sebastian Redle2b68332009-04-12 17:16:29 +00001477///
1478/// \param ForceRValue true if the expression should be treated as an rvalue
1479/// for overload resolution.
Fariborz Jahanian249cead2009-10-01 20:39:51 +00001480/// \param UserCast true if looking for user defined conversion for a static
1481/// cast.
Douglas Gregor20093b42009-12-09 23:02:17 +00001482OverloadingResult Sema::IsUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1483 UserDefinedConversionSequence& User,
1484 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
1485 bool AllowConversionFunctions,
1486 bool AllowExplicit,
1487 bool ForceRValue,
1488 bool UserCast) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001489 if (const RecordType *ToRecordType = ToType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Douglas Gregor393896f2009-11-05 13:06:35 +00001490 if (RequireCompleteType(From->getLocStart(), ToType, PDiag())) {
1491 // We're not going to find any constructors.
1492 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *ToRecordDecl
1493 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ToRecordType->getDecl())) {
Douglas Gregorc1efaec2009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001494 // C++ [over.match.ctor]p1:
1495 // When objects of class type are direct-initialized (8.5), or
1496 // copy-initialized from an expression of the same or a
1497 // derived class type (8.5), overload resolution selects the
1498 // constructor. [...] For copy-initialization, the candidate
1499 // functions are all the converting constructors (12.3.1) of
1500 // that class. The argument list is the expression-list within
1501 // the parentheses of the initializer.
Douglas Gregor79b680e2009-11-13 18:44:21 +00001502 bool SuppressUserConversions = !UserCast;
1503 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType, From->getType()) ||
1504 IsDerivedFrom(From->getType(), ToType)) {
1505 SuppressUserConversions = false;
1506 AllowConversionFunctions = false;
1507 }
1508
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001509 DeclarationName ConstructorName
Douglas Gregorc1efaec2009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001510 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
1511 Context.getCanonicalType(ToType).getUnqualifiedType());
1512 DeclContext::lookup_iterator Con, ConEnd;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001513 for (llvm::tie(Con, ConEnd)
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001514 = ToRecordDecl->lookup(ConstructorName);
Douglas Gregorc1efaec2009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001515 Con != ConEnd; ++Con) {
Douglas Gregordec06662009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001516 // Find the constructor (which may be a template).
1517 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = 0;
1518 FunctionTemplateDecl *ConstructorTmpl
1519 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Con);
1520 if (ConstructorTmpl)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001521 Constructor
Douglas Gregordec06662009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001522 = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ConstructorTmpl->getTemplatedDecl());
1523 else
1524 Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(*Con);
Douglas Gregor66724ea2009-11-14 01:20:54 +00001525
Fariborz Jahanian52ab92b2009-08-06 17:22:51 +00001526 if (!Constructor->isInvalidDecl() &&
Anders Carlssonfaccd722009-08-28 16:57:08 +00001527 Constructor->isConvertingConstructor(AllowExplicit)) {
Douglas Gregordec06662009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001528 if (ConstructorTmpl)
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00001529 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(ConstructorTmpl, /*ExplicitArgs*/ 0,
1530 &From, 1, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor79b680e2009-11-13 18:44:21 +00001531 SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue);
Douglas Gregordec06662009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001532 else
Fariborz Jahanian249cead2009-10-01 20:39:51 +00001533 // Allow one user-defined conversion when user specifies a
1534 // From->ToType conversion via an static cast (c-style, etc).
Douglas Gregordec06662009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001535 AddOverloadCandidate(Constructor, &From, 1, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor79b680e2009-11-13 18:44:21 +00001536 SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue);
Douglas Gregordec06662009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001537 }
Douglas Gregorc1efaec2009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001538 }
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001539 }
1540 }
1541
Douglas Gregor734d9862009-01-30 23:27:23 +00001542 if (!AllowConversionFunctions) {
1543 // Don't allow any conversion functions to enter the overload set.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001544 } else if (RequireCompleteType(From->getLocStart(), From->getType(),
1545 PDiag(0)
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001546 << From->getSourceRange())) {
Douglas Gregor5842ba92009-08-24 15:23:48 +00001547 // No conversion functions from incomplete types.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001548 } else if (const RecordType *FromRecordType
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001549 = From->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001550 if (CXXRecordDecl *FromRecordDecl
Fariborz Jahanian8664ad52009-09-11 18:46:22 +00001551 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FromRecordType->getDecl())) {
1552 // Add all of the conversion functions as candidates.
John McCalleec51cf2010-01-20 00:46:10 +00001553 const UnresolvedSetImpl *Conversions
Fariborz Jahanianb191e2d2009-09-14 20:41:01 +00001554 = FromRecordDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions();
John McCalleec51cf2010-01-20 00:46:10 +00001555 for (UnresolvedSetImpl::iterator I = Conversions->begin(),
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001556 E = Conversions->end(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00001557 NamedDecl *D = *I;
1558 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext());
1559 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
1560 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
1561
Fariborz Jahanian8664ad52009-09-11 18:46:22 +00001562 CXXConversionDecl *Conv;
1563 FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate;
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001564 if ((ConvTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*I)))
Fariborz Jahanian8664ad52009-09-11 18:46:22 +00001565 Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl());
1566 else
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001567 Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(*I);
Fariborz Jahanian8664ad52009-09-11 18:46:22 +00001568
1569 if (AllowExplicit || !Conv->isExplicit()) {
1570 if (ConvTemplate)
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00001571 AddTemplateConversionCandidate(ConvTemplate, ActingContext,
1572 From, ToType, CandidateSet);
Fariborz Jahanian8664ad52009-09-11 18:46:22 +00001573 else
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00001574 AddConversionCandidate(Conv, ActingContext, From, ToType,
1575 CandidateSet);
Fariborz Jahanian8664ad52009-09-11 18:46:22 +00001576 }
1577 }
1578 }
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00001579 }
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001580
1581 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001582 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, From->getLocStart(), Best)) {
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001583 case OR_Success:
1584 // Record the standard conversion we used and the conversion function.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001585 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001586 = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Best->Function)) {
1587 // C++ [over.ics.user]p1:
1588 // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a
1589 // constructor (12.3.1), the initial standard conversion
1590 // sequence converts the source type to the type required by
1591 // the argument of the constructor.
1592 //
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001593 QualType ThisType = Constructor->getThisType(Context);
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +00001594 if (Best->Conversions[0].isEllipsis())
Fariborz Jahanian966256a2009-11-06 00:23:08 +00001595 User.EllipsisConversion = true;
1596 else {
1597 User.Before = Best->Conversions[0].Standard;
1598 User.EllipsisConversion = false;
1599 }
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001600 User.ConversionFunction = Constructor;
1601 User.After.setAsIdentityConversion();
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +00001602 User.After.setFromType(
1603 ThisType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
1604 User.After.setToType(ToType);
Fariborz Jahanian34acd3e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001605 return OR_Success;
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00001606 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
1607 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Best->Function)) {
1608 // C++ [over.ics.user]p1:
1609 //
1610 // [...] If the user-defined conversion is specified by a
1611 // conversion function (12.3.2), the initial standard
1612 // conversion sequence converts the source type to the
1613 // implicit object parameter of the conversion function.
1614 User.Before = Best->Conversions[0].Standard;
1615 User.ConversionFunction = Conversion;
Fariborz Jahanian966256a2009-11-06 00:23:08 +00001616 User.EllipsisConversion = false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001617
1618 // C++ [over.ics.user]p2:
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00001619 // The second standard conversion sequence converts the
1620 // result of the user-defined conversion to the target type
1621 // for the sequence. Since an implicit conversion sequence
1622 // is an initialization, the special rules for
1623 // initialization by user-defined conversion apply when
1624 // selecting the best user-defined conversion for a
1625 // user-defined conversion sequence (see 13.3.3 and
1626 // 13.3.3.1).
1627 User.After = Best->FinalConversion;
Fariborz Jahanian34acd3e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001628 return OR_Success;
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001629 } else {
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00001630 assert(false && "Not a constructor or conversion function?");
Fariborz Jahanian34acd3e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001631 return OR_No_Viable_Function;
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001632 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001633
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001634 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
Fariborz Jahanian34acd3e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001635 return OR_No_Viable_Function;
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001636 case OR_Deleted:
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001637 // No conversion here! We're done.
Fariborz Jahanian34acd3e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001638 return OR_Deleted;
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001639
1640 case OR_Ambiguous:
Fariborz Jahanian34acd3e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001641 return OR_Ambiguous;
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001642 }
1643
Fariborz Jahanian34acd3e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001644 return OR_No_Viable_Function;
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001645}
Fariborz Jahanian17c7a5d2009-09-22 20:24:30 +00001646
1647bool
Fariborz Jahaniancc5306a2009-11-18 18:26:29 +00001648Sema::DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType) {
Fariborz Jahanian17c7a5d2009-09-22 20:24:30 +00001649 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;
1650 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
1651 OverloadingResult OvResult =
1652 IsUserDefinedConversion(From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined,
1653 CandidateSet, true, false, false);
Fariborz Jahaniancc5306a2009-11-18 18:26:29 +00001654 if (OvResult == OR_Ambiguous)
1655 Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
1656 diag::err_typecheck_ambiguous_condition)
1657 << From->getType() << ToType << From->getSourceRange();
1658 else if (OvResult == OR_No_Viable_Function && !CandidateSet.empty())
1659 Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
1660 diag::err_typecheck_nonviable_condition)
1661 << From->getType() << ToType << From->getSourceRange();
1662 else
Fariborz Jahanian17c7a5d2009-09-22 20:24:30 +00001663 return false;
John McCallcbce6062010-01-12 07:18:19 +00001664 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, &From, 1);
Fariborz Jahanian17c7a5d2009-09-22 20:24:30 +00001665 return true;
1666}
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001667
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001668/// CompareImplicitConversionSequences - Compare two implicit
1669/// conversion sequences to determine whether one is better than the
1670/// other or if they are indistinguishable (C++ 13.3.3.2).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001671ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001672Sema::CompareImplicitConversionSequences(const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS1,
1673 const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS2)
1674{
1675 // (C++ 13.3.3.2p2): When comparing the basic forms of implicit
1676 // conversion sequences (as defined in 13.3.3.1)
1677 // -- a standard conversion sequence (13.3.3.1.1) is a better
1678 // conversion sequence than a user-defined conversion sequence or
1679 // an ellipsis conversion sequence, and
1680 // -- a user-defined conversion sequence (13.3.3.1.2) is a better
1681 // conversion sequence than an ellipsis conversion sequence
1682 // (13.3.3.1.3).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001683 //
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +00001684 // C++0x [over.best.ics]p10:
1685 // For the purpose of ranking implicit conversion sequences as
1686 // described in 13.3.3.2, the ambiguous conversion sequence is
1687 // treated as a user-defined sequence that is indistinguishable
1688 // from any other user-defined conversion sequence.
1689 if (ICS1.getKind() < ICS2.getKind()) {
1690 if (!(ICS1.isUserDefined() && ICS2.isAmbiguous()))
1691 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1692 } else if (ICS2.getKind() < ICS1.getKind()) {
1693 if (!(ICS2.isUserDefined() && ICS1.isAmbiguous()))
1694 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1695 }
1696
1697 if (ICS1.isAmbiguous() || ICS2.isAmbiguous())
1698 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001699
1700 // Two implicit conversion sequences of the same form are
1701 // indistinguishable conversion sequences unless one of the
1702 // following rules apply: (C++ 13.3.3.2p3):
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +00001703 if (ICS1.isStandard())
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001704 return CompareStandardConversionSequences(ICS1.Standard, ICS2.Standard);
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +00001705 else if (ICS1.isUserDefined()) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001706 // User-defined conversion sequence U1 is a better conversion
1707 // sequence than another user-defined conversion sequence U2 if
1708 // they contain the same user-defined conversion function or
1709 // constructor and if the second standard conversion sequence of
1710 // U1 is better than the second standard conversion sequence of
1711 // U2 (C++ 13.3.3.2p3).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001712 if (ICS1.UserDefined.ConversionFunction ==
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001713 ICS2.UserDefined.ConversionFunction)
1714 return CompareStandardConversionSequences(ICS1.UserDefined.After,
1715 ICS2.UserDefined.After);
1716 }
1717
1718 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1719}
1720
1721/// CompareStandardConversionSequences - Compare two standard
1722/// conversion sequences to determine whether one is better than the
1723/// other or if they are indistinguishable (C++ 13.3.3.2p3).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001724ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001725Sema::CompareStandardConversionSequences(const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1,
1726 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2)
1727{
1728 // Standard conversion sequence S1 is a better conversion sequence
1729 // than standard conversion sequence S2 if (C++ 13.3.3.2p3):
1730
1731 // -- S1 is a proper subsequence of S2 (comparing the conversion
1732 // sequences in the canonical form defined by 13.3.3.1.1,
1733 // excluding any Lvalue Transformation; the identity conversion
1734 // sequence is considered to be a subsequence of any
1735 // non-identity conversion sequence) or, if not that,
1736 if (SCS1.Second == SCS2.Second && SCS1.Third == SCS2.Third)
1737 // Neither is a proper subsequence of the other. Do nothing.
1738 ;
1739 else if ((SCS1.Second == ICK_Identity && SCS1.Third == SCS2.Third) ||
1740 (SCS1.Third == ICK_Identity && SCS1.Second == SCS2.Second) ||
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001741 (SCS1.Second == ICK_Identity &&
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001742 SCS1.Third == ICK_Identity))
1743 // SCS1 is a proper subsequence of SCS2.
1744 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1745 else if ((SCS2.Second == ICK_Identity && SCS2.Third == SCS1.Third) ||
1746 (SCS2.Third == ICK_Identity && SCS2.Second == SCS1.Second) ||
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001747 (SCS2.Second == ICK_Identity &&
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001748 SCS2.Third == ICK_Identity))
1749 // SCS2 is a proper subsequence of SCS1.
1750 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1751
1752 // -- the rank of S1 is better than the rank of S2 (by the rules
1753 // defined below), or, if not that,
1754 ImplicitConversionRank Rank1 = SCS1.getRank();
1755 ImplicitConversionRank Rank2 = SCS2.getRank();
1756 if (Rank1 < Rank2)
1757 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1758 else if (Rank2 < Rank1)
1759 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001760
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001761 // (C++ 13.3.3.2p4): Two conversion sequences with the same rank
1762 // are indistinguishable unless one of the following rules
1763 // applies:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001764
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001765 // A conversion that is not a conversion of a pointer, or
1766 // pointer to member, to bool is better than another conversion
1767 // that is such a conversion.
1768 if (SCS1.isPointerConversionToBool() != SCS2.isPointerConversionToBool())
1769 return SCS2.isPointerConversionToBool()
1770 ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better
1771 : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1772
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001773 // C++ [over.ics.rank]p4b2:
1774 //
1775 // If class B is derived directly or indirectly from class A,
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001776 // conversion of B* to A* is better than conversion of B* to
1777 // void*, and conversion of A* to void* is better than conversion
1778 // of B* to void*.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001779 bool SCS1ConvertsToVoid
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001780 = SCS1.isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(Context);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001781 bool SCS2ConvertsToVoid
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001782 = SCS2.isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(Context);
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001783 if (SCS1ConvertsToVoid != SCS2ConvertsToVoid) {
1784 // Exactly one of the conversion sequences is a conversion to
1785 // a void pointer; it's the worse conversion.
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001786 return SCS2ConvertsToVoid ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better
1787 : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001788 } else if (!SCS1ConvertsToVoid && !SCS2ConvertsToVoid) {
1789 // Neither conversion sequence converts to a void pointer; compare
1790 // their derived-to-base conversions.
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001791 if (ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind DerivedCK
1792 = CompareDerivedToBaseConversions(SCS1, SCS2))
1793 return DerivedCK;
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001794 } else if (SCS1ConvertsToVoid && SCS2ConvertsToVoid) {
1795 // Both conversion sequences are conversions to void
1796 // pointers. Compare the source types to determine if there's an
1797 // inheritance relationship in their sources.
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +00001798 QualType FromType1 = SCS1.getFromType();
1799 QualType FromType2 = SCS2.getFromType();
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001800
1801 // Adjust the types we're converting from via the array-to-pointer
1802 // conversion, if we need to.
1803 if (SCS1.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
1804 FromType1 = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType1);
1805 if (SCS2.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
1806 FromType2 = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType2);
1807
Douglas Gregor01919692009-12-13 21:37:05 +00001808 QualType FromPointee1
1809 = FromType1->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
1810 QualType FromPointee2
1811 = FromType2->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001812
Douglas Gregor01919692009-12-13 21:37:05 +00001813 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee2, FromPointee1))
1814 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1815 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee1, FromPointee2))
1816 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1817
1818 // Objective-C++: If one interface is more specific than the
1819 // other, it is the better one.
1820 const ObjCInterfaceType* FromIface1 = FromPointee1->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
1821 const ObjCInterfaceType* FromIface2 = FromPointee2->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
1822 if (FromIface1 && FromIface1) {
1823 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromIface2, FromIface1))
1824 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1825 else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromIface1, FromIface2))
1826 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1827 }
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001828 }
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001829
1830 // Compare based on qualification conversions (C++ 13.3.3.2p3,
1831 // bullet 3).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001832 if (ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind QualCK
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001833 = CompareQualificationConversions(SCS1, SCS2))
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001834 return QualCK;
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001835
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001836 if (SCS1.ReferenceBinding && SCS2.ReferenceBinding) {
Sebastian Redlf2e21e52009-03-22 23:49:27 +00001837 // C++0x [over.ics.rank]p3b4:
1838 // -- S1 and S2 are reference bindings (8.5.3) and neither refers to an
1839 // implicit object parameter of a non-static member function declared
1840 // without a ref-qualifier, and S1 binds an rvalue reference to an
1841 // rvalue and S2 binds an lvalue reference.
Sebastian Redla9845802009-03-29 15:27:50 +00001842 // FIXME: We don't know if we're dealing with the implicit object parameter,
1843 // or if the member function in this case has a ref qualifier.
1844 // (Of course, we don't have ref qualifiers yet.)
1845 if (SCS1.RRefBinding != SCS2.RRefBinding)
1846 return SCS1.RRefBinding ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better
1847 : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Sebastian Redlf2e21e52009-03-22 23:49:27 +00001848
1849 // C++ [over.ics.rank]p3b4:
1850 // -- S1 and S2 are reference bindings (8.5.3), and the types to
1851 // which the references refer are the same type except for
1852 // top-level cv-qualifiers, and the type to which the reference
1853 // initialized by S2 refers is more cv-qualified than the type
1854 // to which the reference initialized by S1 refers.
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +00001855 QualType T1 = SCS1.getToType();
1856 QualType T2 = SCS2.getToType();
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001857 T1 = Context.getCanonicalType(T1);
1858 T2 = Context.getCanonicalType(T2);
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00001859 Qualifiers T1Quals, T2Quals;
1860 QualType UnqualT1 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T1, T1Quals);
1861 QualType UnqualT2 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T2, T2Quals);
1862 if (UnqualT1 == UnqualT2) {
1863 // If the type is an array type, promote the element qualifiers to the type
1864 // for comparison.
1865 if (isa<ArrayType>(T1) && T1Quals)
1866 T1 = Context.getQualifiedType(UnqualT1, T1Quals);
1867 if (isa<ArrayType>(T2) && T2Quals)
1868 T2 = Context.getQualifiedType(UnqualT2, T2Quals);
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001869 if (T2.isMoreQualifiedThan(T1))
1870 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1871 else if (T1.isMoreQualifiedThan(T2))
1872 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1873 }
1874 }
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001875
1876 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1877}
1878
1879/// CompareQualificationConversions - Compares two standard conversion
1880/// sequences to determine whether they can be ranked based on their
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001881/// qualification conversions (C++ 13.3.3.2p3 bullet 3).
1882ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001883Sema::CompareQualificationConversions(const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001884 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2) {
Douglas Gregorba7e2102008-10-22 15:04:37 +00001885 // C++ 13.3.3.2p3:
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001886 // -- S1 and S2 differ only in their qualification conversion and
1887 // yield similar types T1 and T2 (C++ 4.4), respectively, and the
1888 // cv-qualification signature of type T1 is a proper subset of
1889 // the cv-qualification signature of type T2, and S1 is not the
1890 // deprecated string literal array-to-pointer conversion (4.2).
1891 if (SCS1.First != SCS2.First || SCS1.Second != SCS2.Second ||
1892 SCS1.Third != SCS2.Third || SCS1.Third != ICK_Qualification)
1893 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1894
1895 // FIXME: the example in the standard doesn't use a qualification
1896 // conversion (!)
1897 QualType T1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS1.ToTypePtr);
1898 QualType T2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS2.ToTypePtr);
1899 T1 = Context.getCanonicalType(T1);
1900 T2 = Context.getCanonicalType(T2);
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00001901 Qualifiers T1Quals, T2Quals;
1902 QualType UnqualT1 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T1, T1Quals);
1903 QualType UnqualT2 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T2, T2Quals);
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001904
1905 // If the types are the same, we won't learn anything by unwrapped
1906 // them.
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00001907 if (UnqualT1 == UnqualT2)
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001908 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1909
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00001910 // If the type is an array type, promote the element qualifiers to the type
1911 // for comparison.
1912 if (isa<ArrayType>(T1) && T1Quals)
1913 T1 = Context.getQualifiedType(UnqualT1, T1Quals);
1914 if (isa<ArrayType>(T2) && T2Quals)
1915 T2 = Context.getQualifiedType(UnqualT2, T2Quals);
1916
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001917 ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind Result
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001918 = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1919 while (UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(T1, T2)) {
1920 // Within each iteration of the loop, we check the qualifiers to
1921 // determine if this still looks like a qualification
1922 // conversion. Then, if all is well, we unwrap one more level of
Douglas Gregorf8268ae2008-10-22 17:49:05 +00001923 // pointers or pointers-to-members and do it all again
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001924 // until there are no more pointers or pointers-to-members left
1925 // to unwrap. This essentially mimics what
1926 // IsQualificationConversion does, but here we're checking for a
1927 // strict subset of qualifiers.
1928 if (T1.getCVRQualifiers() == T2.getCVRQualifiers())
1929 // The qualifiers are the same, so this doesn't tell us anything
1930 // about how the sequences rank.
1931 ;
1932 else if (T2.isMoreQualifiedThan(T1)) {
1933 // T1 has fewer qualifiers, so it could be the better sequence.
1934 if (Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse)
1935 // Neither has qualifiers that are a subset of the other's
1936 // qualifiers.
1937 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001938
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001939 Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1940 } else if (T1.isMoreQualifiedThan(T2)) {
1941 // T2 has fewer qualifiers, so it could be the better sequence.
1942 if (Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Better)
1943 // Neither has qualifiers that are a subset of the other's
1944 // qualifiers.
1945 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001946
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001947 Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1948 } else {
1949 // Qualifiers are disjoint.
1950 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1951 }
1952
1953 // If the types after this point are equivalent, we're done.
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00001954 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T1, T2))
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001955 break;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001956 }
1957
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001958 // Check that the winning standard conversion sequence isn't using
1959 // the deprecated string literal array to pointer conversion.
1960 switch (Result) {
1961 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better:
1962 if (SCS1.Deprecated)
1963 Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1964 break;
1965
1966 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable:
1967 break;
1968
1969 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse:
1970 if (SCS2.Deprecated)
1971 Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1972 break;
1973 }
1974
1975 return Result;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001976}
1977
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001978/// CompareDerivedToBaseConversions - Compares two standard conversion
1979/// sequences to determine whether they can be ranked based on their
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001980/// various kinds of derived-to-base conversions (C++
1981/// [over.ics.rank]p4b3). As part of these checks, we also look at
1982/// conversions between Objective-C interface types.
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001983ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
1984Sema::CompareDerivedToBaseConversions(const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1,
1985 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2) {
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +00001986 QualType FromType1 = SCS1.getFromType();
1987 QualType ToType1 = SCS1.getToType();
1988 QualType FromType2 = SCS2.getFromType();
1989 QualType ToType2 = SCS2.getToType();
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001990
1991 // Adjust the types we're converting from via the array-to-pointer
1992 // conversion, if we need to.
1993 if (SCS1.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
1994 FromType1 = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType1);
1995 if (SCS2.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
1996 FromType2 = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType2);
1997
1998 // Canonicalize all of the types.
1999 FromType1 = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType1);
2000 ToType1 = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType1);
2001 FromType2 = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType2);
2002 ToType2 = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType2);
2003
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002004 // C++ [over.ics.rank]p4b3:
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002005 //
2006 // If class B is derived directly or indirectly from class A and
2007 // class C is derived directly or indirectly from B,
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +00002008 //
2009 // For Objective-C, we let A, B, and C also be Objective-C
2010 // interfaces.
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002011
2012 // Compare based on pointer conversions.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002013 if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion &&
Douglas Gregor7ca09762008-11-27 01:19:21 +00002014 SCS2.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion &&
2015 /*FIXME: Remove if Objective-C id conversions get their own rank*/
2016 FromType1->isPointerType() && FromType2->isPointerType() &&
2017 ToType1->isPointerType() && ToType2->isPointerType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002018 QualType FromPointee1
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002019 = FromType1->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002020 QualType ToPointee1
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002021 = ToType1->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002022 QualType FromPointee2
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002023 = FromType2->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002024 QualType ToPointee2
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002025 = ToType2->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +00002026
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002027 const ObjCInterfaceType* FromIface1 = FromPointee1->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
2028 const ObjCInterfaceType* FromIface2 = FromPointee2->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
2029 const ObjCInterfaceType* ToIface1 = ToPointee1->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
2030 const ObjCInterfaceType* ToIface2 = ToPointee2->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +00002031
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002032 // -- conversion of C* to B* is better than conversion of C* to A*,
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002033 if (FromPointee1 == FromPointee2 && ToPointee1 != ToPointee2) {
2034 if (IsDerivedFrom(ToPointee1, ToPointee2))
2035 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2036 else if (IsDerivedFrom(ToPointee2, ToPointee1))
2037 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +00002038
2039 if (ToIface1 && ToIface2) {
2040 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(ToIface2, ToIface1))
2041 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2042 else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(ToIface1, ToIface2))
2043 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2044 }
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002045 }
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002046
2047 // -- conversion of B* to A* is better than conversion of C* to A*,
2048 if (FromPointee1 != FromPointee2 && ToPointee1 == ToPointee2) {
2049 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee2, FromPointee1))
2050 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2051 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee1, FromPointee2))
2052 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002053
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +00002054 if (FromIface1 && FromIface2) {
2055 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromIface1, FromIface2))
2056 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2057 else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromIface2, FromIface1))
2058 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2059 }
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002060 }
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002061 }
2062
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002063 // Compare based on reference bindings.
2064 if (SCS1.ReferenceBinding && SCS2.ReferenceBinding &&
2065 SCS1.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) {
2066 // -- binding of an expression of type C to a reference of type
2067 // B& is better than binding an expression of type C to a
2068 // reference of type A&,
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002069 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType1, FromType2) &&
2070 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType1, ToType2)) {
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002071 if (IsDerivedFrom(ToType1, ToType2))
2072 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2073 else if (IsDerivedFrom(ToType2, ToType1))
2074 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2075 }
2076
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002077 // -- binding of an expression of type B to a reference of type
2078 // A& is better than binding an expression of type C to a
2079 // reference of type A&,
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002080 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType1, FromType2) &&
2081 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType1, ToType2)) {
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002082 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromType2, FromType1))
2083 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2084 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromType1, FromType2))
2085 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2086 }
2087 }
Fariborz Jahanian2357da02009-10-20 20:07:35 +00002088
2089 // Ranking of member-pointer types.
Fariborz Jahanian8577c982009-10-20 20:04:46 +00002090 if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Pointer_Member && SCS2.Second == ICK_Pointer_Member &&
2091 FromType1->isMemberPointerType() && FromType2->isMemberPointerType() &&
2092 ToType1->isMemberPointerType() && ToType2->isMemberPointerType()) {
2093 const MemberPointerType * FromMemPointer1 =
2094 FromType1->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
2095 const MemberPointerType * ToMemPointer1 =
2096 ToType1->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
2097 const MemberPointerType * FromMemPointer2 =
2098 FromType2->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
2099 const MemberPointerType * ToMemPointer2 =
2100 ToType2->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
2101 const Type *FromPointeeType1 = FromMemPointer1->getClass();
2102 const Type *ToPointeeType1 = ToMemPointer1->getClass();
2103 const Type *FromPointeeType2 = FromMemPointer2->getClass();
2104 const Type *ToPointeeType2 = ToMemPointer2->getClass();
2105 QualType FromPointee1 = QualType(FromPointeeType1, 0).getUnqualifiedType();
2106 QualType ToPointee1 = QualType(ToPointeeType1, 0).getUnqualifiedType();
2107 QualType FromPointee2 = QualType(FromPointeeType2, 0).getUnqualifiedType();
2108 QualType ToPointee2 = QualType(ToPointeeType2, 0).getUnqualifiedType();
Fariborz Jahanian2357da02009-10-20 20:07:35 +00002109 // conversion of A::* to B::* is better than conversion of A::* to C::*,
Fariborz Jahanian8577c982009-10-20 20:04:46 +00002110 if (FromPointee1 == FromPointee2 && ToPointee1 != ToPointee2) {
2111 if (IsDerivedFrom(ToPointee1, ToPointee2))
2112 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2113 else if (IsDerivedFrom(ToPointee2, ToPointee1))
2114 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2115 }
2116 // conversion of B::* to C::* is better than conversion of A::* to C::*
2117 if (ToPointee1 == ToPointee2 && FromPointee1 != FromPointee2) {
2118 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee1, FromPointee2))
2119 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2120 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee2, FromPointee1))
2121 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2122 }
2123 }
2124
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002125 if (SCS1.CopyConstructor && SCS2.CopyConstructor &&
2126 SCS1.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) {
2127 // -- conversion of C to B is better than conversion of C to A,
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002128 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType1, FromType2) &&
2129 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType1, ToType2)) {
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002130 if (IsDerivedFrom(ToType1, ToType2))
2131 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2132 else if (IsDerivedFrom(ToType2, ToType1))
2133 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2134 }
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002135
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002136 // -- conversion of B to A is better than conversion of C to A.
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002137 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType1, FromType2) &&
2138 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType1, ToType2)) {
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002139 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromType2, FromType1))
2140 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2141 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromType1, FromType2))
2142 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2143 }
2144 }
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002145
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002146 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
2147}
2148
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002149/// TryCopyInitialization - Try to copy-initialize a value of type
2150/// ToType from the expression From. Return the implicit conversion
2151/// sequence required to pass this argument, which may be a bad
2152/// conversion sequence (meaning that the argument cannot be passed to
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002153/// a parameter of this type). If @p SuppressUserConversions, then we
Sebastian Redle2b68332009-04-12 17:16:29 +00002154/// do not permit any user-defined conversion sequences. If @p ForceRValue,
2155/// then we treat @p From as an rvalue, even if it is an lvalue.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002156ImplicitConversionSequence
2157Sema::TryCopyInitialization(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
Anders Carlsson7b361b52009-08-27 17:37:39 +00002158 bool SuppressUserConversions, bool ForceRValue,
2159 bool InOverloadResolution) {
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002160 if (ToType->isReferenceType()) {
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002161 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;
John McCalladbb8f82010-01-13 09:16:55 +00002162 ICS.Bad.init(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, From, ToType);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002163 CheckReferenceInit(From, ToType,
Douglas Gregor739d8282009-09-23 23:04:10 +00002164 /*FIXME:*/From->getLocStart(),
Anders Carlsson2de3ace2009-08-27 17:30:43 +00002165 SuppressUserConversions,
2166 /*AllowExplicit=*/false,
2167 ForceRValue,
2168 &ICS);
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002169 return ICS;
2170 } else {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002171 return TryImplicitConversion(From, ToType,
Anders Carlssonda7a18b2009-08-27 17:24:15 +00002172 SuppressUserConversions,
2173 /*AllowExplicit=*/false,
Anders Carlsson08972922009-08-28 15:33:32 +00002174 ForceRValue,
2175 InOverloadResolution);
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002176 }
2177}
2178
Sebastian Redle2b68332009-04-12 17:16:29 +00002179/// PerformCopyInitialization - Copy-initialize an object of type @p ToType with
2180/// the expression @p From. Returns true (and emits a diagnostic) if there was
2181/// an error, returns false if the initialization succeeded. Elidable should
2182/// be true when the copy may be elided (C++ 12.8p15). Overload resolution works
2183/// differently in C++0x for this case.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002184bool Sema::PerformCopyInitialization(Expr *&From, QualType ToType,
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00002185 AssignmentAction Action, bool Elidable) {
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002186 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
2187 // In C, argument passing is the same as performing an assignment.
2188 QualType FromType = From->getType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002189
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002190 AssignConvertType ConvTy =
2191 CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(ToType, From);
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00002192 if (ConvTy != Compatible &&
2193 CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(ToType, From) == Compatible)
2194 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002195
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002196 return DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, From->getLocStart(), ToType,
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00002197 FromType, From, Action);
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002198 }
Sebastian Redle2b68332009-04-12 17:16:29 +00002199
Chris Lattnerd9d22dd2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00002200 if (ToType->isReferenceType())
Anders Carlsson2de3ace2009-08-27 17:30:43 +00002201 return CheckReferenceInit(From, ToType,
Douglas Gregor739d8282009-09-23 23:04:10 +00002202 /*FIXME:*/From->getLocStart(),
Anders Carlsson2de3ace2009-08-27 17:30:43 +00002203 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
2204 /*AllowExplicit=*/false,
2205 /*ForceRValue=*/false);
Chris Lattnerd9d22dd2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00002206
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00002207 if (!PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, Action,
Sebastian Redle2b68332009-04-12 17:16:29 +00002208 /*AllowExplicit=*/false, Elidable))
Chris Lattnerd9d22dd2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00002209 return false;
Fariborz Jahaniancc5306a2009-11-18 18:26:29 +00002210 if (!DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(From, ToType))
Fariborz Jahanian455acd92009-09-22 19:53:15 +00002211 return Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2212 diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible)
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00002213 << ToType << From->getType() << Action << From->getSourceRange();
Fariborz Jahanian455acd92009-09-22 19:53:15 +00002214 return true;
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002215}
2216
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002217/// TryObjectArgumentInitialization - Try to initialize the object
2218/// parameter of the given member function (@c Method) from the
2219/// expression @p From.
2220ImplicitConversionSequence
John McCall651f3ee2010-01-14 03:28:57 +00002221Sema::TryObjectArgumentInitialization(QualType OrigFromType,
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002222 CXXMethodDecl *Method,
2223 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext) {
2224 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(ActingContext);
Sebastian Redl65bdbfa2009-11-18 20:55:52 +00002225 // [class.dtor]p2: A destructor can be invoked for a const, volatile or
2226 // const volatile object.
2227 unsigned Quals = isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(Method) ?
2228 Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile : Method->getTypeQualifiers();
2229 QualType ImplicitParamType = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(ClassType, Quals);
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002230
2231 // Set up the conversion sequence as a "bad" conversion, to allow us
2232 // to exit early.
2233 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;
2234 ICS.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion();
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002235 ICS.setBad();
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002236
2237 // We need to have an object of class type.
John McCall651f3ee2010-01-14 03:28:57 +00002238 QualType FromType = OrigFromType;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002239 if (const PointerType *PT = FromType->getAs<PointerType>())
Anders Carlssona552f7c2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00002240 FromType = PT->getPointeeType();
2241
2242 assert(FromType->isRecordType());
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002243
Sebastian Redl65bdbfa2009-11-18 20:55:52 +00002244 // The implicit object parameter is has the type "reference to cv X",
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002245 // where X is the class of which the function is a member
2246 // (C++ [over.match.funcs]p4). However, when finding an implicit
2247 // conversion sequence for the argument, we are not allowed to
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002248 // create temporaries or perform user-defined conversions
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002249 // (C++ [over.match.funcs]p5). We perform a simplified version of
2250 // reference binding here, that allows class rvalues to bind to
2251 // non-constant references.
2252
2253 // First check the qualifiers. We don't care about lvalue-vs-rvalue
2254 // with the implicit object parameter (C++ [over.match.funcs]p5).
2255 QualType FromTypeCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002256 if (ImplicitParamType.getCVRQualifiers()
2257 != FromTypeCanon.getLocalCVRQualifiers() &&
John McCalladbb8f82010-01-13 09:16:55 +00002258 !ImplicitParamType.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FromTypeCanon)) {
John McCall651f3ee2010-01-14 03:28:57 +00002259 ICS.Bad.init(BadConversionSequence::bad_qualifiers,
2260 OrigFromType, ImplicitParamType);
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002261 return ICS;
John McCalladbb8f82010-01-13 09:16:55 +00002262 }
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002263
2264 // Check that we have either the same type or a derived type. It
2265 // affects the conversion rank.
2266 QualType ClassTypeCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType);
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002267 if (ClassTypeCanon == FromTypeCanon.getLocalUnqualifiedType())
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002268 ICS.Standard.Second = ICK_Identity;
2269 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromType, ClassType))
2270 ICS.Standard.Second = ICK_Derived_To_Base;
John McCalladbb8f82010-01-13 09:16:55 +00002271 else {
2272 ICS.Bad.init(BadConversionSequence::unrelated_class, FromType, ImplicitParamType);
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002273 return ICS;
John McCalladbb8f82010-01-13 09:16:55 +00002274 }
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002275
2276 // Success. Mark this as a reference binding.
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002277 ICS.setStandard();
2278 ICS.Standard.setFromType(FromType);
2279 ICS.Standard.setToType(ImplicitParamType);
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002280 ICS.Standard.ReferenceBinding = true;
2281 ICS.Standard.DirectBinding = true;
Sebastian Redl85002392009-03-29 22:46:24 +00002282 ICS.Standard.RRefBinding = false;
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002283 return ICS;
2284}
2285
2286/// PerformObjectArgumentInitialization - Perform initialization of
2287/// the implicit object parameter for the given Method with the given
2288/// expression.
2289bool
2290Sema::PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *&From, CXXMethodDecl *Method) {
Anders Carlssona552f7c2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00002291 QualType FromRecordType, DestType;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002292 QualType ImplicitParamRecordType =
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002293 Method->getThisType(Context)->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002294
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002295 if (const PointerType *PT = From->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Anders Carlssona552f7c2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00002296 FromRecordType = PT->getPointeeType();
2297 DestType = Method->getThisType(Context);
2298 } else {
2299 FromRecordType = From->getType();
2300 DestType = ImplicitParamRecordType;
2301 }
2302
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002303 // Note that we always use the true parent context when performing
2304 // the actual argument initialization.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002305 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002306 = TryObjectArgumentInitialization(From->getType(), Method,
2307 Method->getParent());
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002308 if (ICS.isBad())
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002309 return Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002310 diag::err_implicit_object_parameter_init)
Anders Carlssona552f7c2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00002311 << ImplicitParamRecordType << FromRecordType << From->getSourceRange();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002312
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002313 if (ICS.Standard.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base &&
Anders Carlssona552f7c2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00002314 CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType,
2315 ImplicitParamRecordType,
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002316 From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2317 From->getSourceRange()))
2318 return true;
2319
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002320 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase,
Anders Carlsson116b7d92009-08-07 18:45:49 +00002321 /*isLvalue=*/true);
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002322 return false;
2323}
2324
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002325/// TryContextuallyConvertToBool - Attempt to contextually convert the
2326/// expression From to bool (C++0x [conv]p3).
2327ImplicitConversionSequence Sema::TryContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002328 return TryImplicitConversion(From, Context.BoolTy,
Anders Carlssonda7a18b2009-08-27 17:24:15 +00002329 // FIXME: Are these flags correct?
2330 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002331 /*AllowExplicit=*/true,
Anders Carlsson08972922009-08-28 15:33:32 +00002332 /*ForceRValue=*/false,
2333 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false);
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002334}
2335
2336/// PerformContextuallyConvertToBool - Perform a contextual conversion
2337/// of the expression From to bool (C++0x [conv]p3).
2338bool Sema::PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *&From) {
2339 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = TryContextuallyConvertToBool(From);
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002340 if (!ICS.isBad())
2341 return PerformImplicitConversion(From, Context.BoolTy, ICS, AA_Converting);
Fariborz Jahanian17c7a5d2009-09-22 20:24:30 +00002342
Fariborz Jahaniancc5306a2009-11-18 18:26:29 +00002343 if (!DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(From, Context.BoolTy))
Fariborz Jahanian17c7a5d2009-09-22 20:24:30 +00002344 return Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2345 diag::err_typecheck_bool_condition)
2346 << From->getType() << From->getSourceRange();
2347 return true;
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002348}
2349
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002350/// AddOverloadCandidate - Adds the given function to the set of
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002351/// candidate functions, using the given function call arguments. If
2352/// @p SuppressUserConversions, then don't allow user-defined
2353/// conversions via constructors or conversion operators.
Sebastian Redle2b68332009-04-12 17:16:29 +00002354/// If @p ForceRValue, treat all arguments as rvalues. This is a slightly
2355/// hacky way to implement the overloading rules for elidable copy
2356/// initialization in C++0x (C++0x 12.8p15).
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002357///
2358/// \para PartialOverloading true if we are performing "partial" overloading
2359/// based on an incomplete set of function arguments. This feature is used by
2360/// code completion.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002361void
2362Sema::AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function,
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002363 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002364 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Sebastian Redle2b68332009-04-12 17:16:29 +00002365 bool SuppressUserConversions,
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002366 bool ForceRValue,
2367 bool PartialOverloading) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002368 const FunctionProtoType* Proto
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002369 = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(Function->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>());
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002370 assert(Proto && "Functions without a prototype cannot be overloaded");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002371 assert(!Function->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002372 "Use AddTemplateOverloadCandidate for function templates");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002373
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002374 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Function)) {
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002375 if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method)) {
2376 // If we get here, it's because we're calling a member function
2377 // that is named without a member access expression (e.g.,
2378 // "this->f") that was either written explicitly or created
2379 // implicitly. This can happen with a qualified call to a member
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002380 // function, e.g., X::f(). We use an empty type for the implied
2381 // object argument (C++ [over.call.func]p3), and the acting context
2382 // is irrelevant.
2383 AddMethodCandidate(Method, Method->getParent(),
2384 QualType(), Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002385 SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue);
2386 return;
2387 }
2388 // We treat a constructor like a non-member function, since its object
2389 // argument doesn't participate in overload resolution.
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002390 }
2391
Douglas Gregorfd476482009-11-13 23:59:09 +00002392 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Function))
Douglas Gregor3f396022009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002393 return;
Douglas Gregor66724ea2009-11-14 01:20:54 +00002394
Douglas Gregor7edfb692009-11-23 12:27:39 +00002395 // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context.
2396 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(*this, Action::Unevaluated);
2397
Douglas Gregor66724ea2009-11-14 01:20:54 +00002398 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Function)){
2399 // C++ [class.copy]p3:
2400 // A member function template is never instantiated to perform the copy
2401 // of a class object to an object of its class type.
2402 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Constructor->getParent());
2403 if (NumArgs == 1 &&
2404 Constructor->isCopyConstructorLikeSpecialization() &&
2405 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ClassType, Args[0]->getType()))
2406 return;
2407 }
2408
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002409 // Add this candidate
2410 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
2411 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
2412 Candidate.Function = Function;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002413 Candidate.Viable = true;
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002414 Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002415 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002416
2417 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2418
2419 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having fewer than m
2420 // parameters is viable only if it has an ellipsis in its parameter
2421 // list (8.3.5).
Douglas Gregor5bd1a112009-09-23 14:56:09 +00002422 if ((NumArgs + (PartialOverloading && NumArgs)) > NumArgsInProto &&
2423 !Proto->isVariadic()) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002424 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCalladbb8f82010-01-13 09:16:55 +00002425 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_many_arguments;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002426 return;
2427 }
2428
2429 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having more than m parameters
2430 // is viable only if the (m+1)st parameter has a default argument
2431 // (8.3.6). For the purposes of overload resolution, the
2432 // parameter list is truncated on the right, so that there are
2433 // exactly m parameters.
2434 unsigned MinRequiredArgs = Function->getMinRequiredArguments();
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002435 if (NumArgs < MinRequiredArgs && !PartialOverloading) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002436 // Not enough arguments.
2437 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCalladbb8f82010-01-13 09:16:55 +00002438 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_few_arguments;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002439 return;
2440 }
2441
2442 // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the
2443 // arguments.
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002444 Candidate.Conversions.resize(NumArgs);
2445 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
2446 if (ArgIdx < NumArgsInProto) {
2447 // (C++ 13.3.2p3): for F to be a viable function, there shall
2448 // exist for each argument an implicit conversion sequence
2449 // (13.3.3.1) that converts that argument to the corresponding
2450 // parameter of F.
2451 QualType ParamType = Proto->getArgType(ArgIdx);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002452 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx]
2453 = TryCopyInitialization(Args[ArgIdx], ParamType,
Anders Carlsson7b361b52009-08-27 17:37:39 +00002454 SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue,
2455 /*InOverloadResolution=*/true);
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002456 if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].isBad()) {
2457 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCalladbb8f82010-01-13 09:16:55 +00002458 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion;
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002459 break;
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002460 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002461 } else {
2462 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): For the purposes of overload resolution, any
2463 // argument for which there is no corresponding parameter is
2464 // considered to ""match the ellipsis" (C+ 13.3.3.1.3).
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002465 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].setEllipsis();
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002466 }
2467 }
2468}
2469
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002470/// \brief Add all of the function declarations in the given function set to
2471/// the overload canddiate set.
2472void Sema::AddFunctionCandidates(const FunctionSet &Functions,
2473 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2474 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2475 bool SuppressUserConversions) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002476 for (FunctionSet::const_iterator F = Functions.begin(),
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002477 FEnd = Functions.end();
Douglas Gregor364e0212009-06-27 21:05:07 +00002478 F != FEnd; ++F) {
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002479 // FIXME: using declarations
Douglas Gregor3f396022009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002480 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*F)) {
2481 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD) && !cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)->isStatic())
2482 AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD),
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002483 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)->getParent(),
2484 Args[0]->getType(), Args + 1, NumArgs - 1,
Douglas Gregor3f396022009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002485 CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions);
2486 else
2487 AddOverloadCandidate(FD, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
2488 SuppressUserConversions);
2489 } else {
2490 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*F);
2491 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl()) &&
2492 !cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl())->isStatic())
2493 AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunTmpl,
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002494 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FunTmpl->getDeclContext()),
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002495 /*FIXME: explicit args */ 0,
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002496 Args[0]->getType(), Args + 1, NumArgs - 1,
Douglas Gregor3f396022009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002497 CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor364e0212009-06-27 21:05:07 +00002498 SuppressUserConversions);
Douglas Gregor3f396022009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002499 else
2500 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunTmpl,
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002501 /*FIXME: explicit args */ 0,
Douglas Gregor3f396022009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002502 Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
2503 SuppressUserConversions);
2504 }
Douglas Gregor364e0212009-06-27 21:05:07 +00002505 }
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002506}
2507
John McCall314be4e2009-11-17 07:50:12 +00002508/// AddMethodCandidate - Adds a named decl (which is some kind of
2509/// method) as a method candidate to the given overload set.
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002510void Sema::AddMethodCandidate(NamedDecl *Decl,
2511 QualType ObjectType,
John McCall314be4e2009-11-17 07:50:12 +00002512 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2513 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2514 bool SuppressUserConversions, bool ForceRValue) {
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002515 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Decl->getDeclContext());
John McCall314be4e2009-11-17 07:50:12 +00002516
2517 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(Decl))
2518 Decl = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Decl)->getTargetDecl();
2519
2520 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Decl)) {
2521 assert(isa<CXXMethodDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl()) &&
2522 "Expected a member function template");
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002523 AddMethodTemplateCandidate(TD, ActingContext, /*ExplicitArgs*/ 0,
2524 ObjectType, Args, NumArgs,
John McCall314be4e2009-11-17 07:50:12 +00002525 CandidateSet,
2526 SuppressUserConversions,
2527 ForceRValue);
2528 } else {
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002529 AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Decl), ActingContext,
2530 ObjectType, Args, NumArgs,
John McCall314be4e2009-11-17 07:50:12 +00002531 CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue);
2532 }
2533}
2534
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002535/// AddMethodCandidate - Adds the given C++ member function to the set
2536/// of candidate functions, using the given function call arguments
2537/// and the object argument (@c Object). For example, in a call
2538/// @c o.f(a1,a2), @c Object will contain @c o and @c Args will contain
2539/// both @c a1 and @c a2. If @p SuppressUserConversions, then don't
2540/// allow user-defined conversions via constructors or conversion
Sebastian Redle2b68332009-04-12 17:16:29 +00002541/// operators. If @p ForceRValue, treat all arguments as rvalues. This is
2542/// a slightly hacky way to implement the overloading rules for elidable copy
2543/// initialization in C++0x (C++0x 12.8p15).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002544void
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002545Sema::AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2546 QualType ObjectType, Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002547 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002548 bool SuppressUserConversions, bool ForceRValue) {
2549 const FunctionProtoType* Proto
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002550 = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(Method->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>());
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002551 assert(Proto && "Methods without a prototype cannot be overloaded");
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002552 assert(!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method) &&
2553 "Use AddOverloadCandidate for constructors");
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002554
Douglas Gregor3f396022009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002555 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Method))
2556 return;
2557
Douglas Gregor7edfb692009-11-23 12:27:39 +00002558 // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context.
2559 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(*this, Action::Unevaluated);
2560
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002561 // Add this candidate
2562 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
2563 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
2564 Candidate.Function = Method;
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002565 Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002566 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002567
2568 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2569
2570 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having fewer than m
2571 // parameters is viable only if it has an ellipsis in its parameter
2572 // list (8.3.5).
2573 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto && !Proto->isVariadic()) {
2574 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCalladbb8f82010-01-13 09:16:55 +00002575 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_many_arguments;
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002576 return;
2577 }
2578
2579 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having more than m parameters
2580 // is viable only if the (m+1)st parameter has a default argument
2581 // (8.3.6). For the purposes of overload resolution, the
2582 // parameter list is truncated on the right, so that there are
2583 // exactly m parameters.
2584 unsigned MinRequiredArgs = Method->getMinRequiredArguments();
2585 if (NumArgs < MinRequiredArgs) {
2586 // Not enough arguments.
2587 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCalladbb8f82010-01-13 09:16:55 +00002588 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_few_arguments;
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002589 return;
2590 }
2591
2592 Candidate.Viable = true;
2593 Candidate.Conversions.resize(NumArgs + 1);
2594
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002595 if (Method->isStatic() || ObjectType.isNull())
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002596 // The implicit object argument is ignored.
2597 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = true;
2598 else {
2599 // Determine the implicit conversion sequence for the object
2600 // parameter.
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002601 Candidate.Conversions[0]
2602 = TryObjectArgumentInitialization(ObjectType, Method, ActingContext);
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002603 if (Candidate.Conversions[0].isBad()) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002604 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCalladbb8f82010-01-13 09:16:55 +00002605 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002606 return;
2607 }
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002608 }
2609
2610 // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the
2611 // arguments.
2612 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
2613 if (ArgIdx < NumArgsInProto) {
2614 // (C++ 13.3.2p3): for F to be a viable function, there shall
2615 // exist for each argument an implicit conversion sequence
2616 // (13.3.3.1) that converts that argument to the corresponding
2617 // parameter of F.
2618 QualType ParamType = Proto->getArgType(ArgIdx);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002619 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1]
2620 = TryCopyInitialization(Args[ArgIdx], ParamType,
Anders Carlsson7b361b52009-08-27 17:37:39 +00002621 SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue,
Anders Carlsson08972922009-08-28 15:33:32 +00002622 /*InOverloadResolution=*/true);
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002623 if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].isBad()) {
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002624 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCalladbb8f82010-01-13 09:16:55 +00002625 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion;
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002626 break;
2627 }
2628 } else {
2629 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): For the purposes of overload resolution, any
2630 // argument for which there is no corresponding parameter is
2631 // considered to ""match the ellipsis" (C+ 13.3.3.1.3).
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002632 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].setEllipsis();
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002633 }
2634 }
2635}
2636
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002637/// \brief Add a C++ member function template as a candidate to the candidate
2638/// set, using template argument deduction to produce an appropriate member
2639/// function template specialization.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002640void
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002641Sema::AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl,
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002642 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002643 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002644 QualType ObjectType,
2645 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002646 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2647 bool SuppressUserConversions,
2648 bool ForceRValue) {
Douglas Gregor3f396022009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002649 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(MethodTmpl))
2650 return;
2651
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002652 // C++ [over.match.funcs]p7:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002653 // In each case where a candidate is a function template, candidate
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002654 // function template specializations are generated using template argument
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002655 // deduction (14.8.3, 14.8.2). Those candidates are then handled as
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002656 // candidate functions in the usual way.113) A given name can refer to one
2657 // or more function templates and also to a set of overloaded non-template
2658 // functions. In such a case, the candidate functions generated from each
2659 // function template are combined with the set of non-template candidate
2660 // functions.
2661 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context);
2662 FunctionDecl *Specialization = 0;
2663 if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002664 = DeduceTemplateArguments(MethodTmpl, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002665 Args, NumArgs, Specialization, Info)) {
2666 // FIXME: Record what happened with template argument deduction, so
2667 // that we can give the user a beautiful diagnostic.
2668 (void)Result;
2669 return;
2670 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002671
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002672 // Add the function template specialization produced by template argument
2673 // deduction as a candidate.
2674 assert(Specialization && "Missing member function template specialization?");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002675 assert(isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Specialization) &&
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002676 "Specialization is not a member function?");
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002677 AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Specialization), ActingContext,
2678 ObjectType, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002679 CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue);
2680}
2681
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002682/// \brief Add a C++ function template specialization as a candidate
2683/// in the candidate set, using template argument deduction to produce
2684/// an appropriate function template specialization.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002685void
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002686Sema::AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002687 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002688 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2689 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2690 bool SuppressUserConversions,
2691 bool ForceRValue) {
Douglas Gregor3f396022009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002692 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(FunctionTemplate))
2693 return;
2694
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002695 // C++ [over.match.funcs]p7:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002696 // In each case where a candidate is a function template, candidate
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002697 // function template specializations are generated using template argument
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002698 // deduction (14.8.3, 14.8.2). Those candidates are then handled as
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002699 // candidate functions in the usual way.113) A given name can refer to one
2700 // or more function templates and also to a set of overloaded non-template
2701 // functions. In such a case, the candidate functions generated from each
2702 // function template are combined with the set of non-template candidate
2703 // functions.
2704 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context);
2705 FunctionDecl *Specialization = 0;
2706 if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002707 = DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002708 Args, NumArgs, Specialization, Info)) {
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002709 // FIXME: Record what happened with template argument deduction, so
2710 // that we can give the user a beautiful diagnostic.
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +00002711 (void) Result;
2712
2713 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
2714 OverloadCandidate &Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
2715 Candidate.Function = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
2716 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCalladbb8f82010-01-13 09:16:55 +00002717 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_deduction;
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +00002718 Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
2719 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002720 return;
2721 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002722
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002723 // Add the function template specialization produced by template argument
2724 // deduction as a candidate.
2725 assert(Specialization && "Missing function template specialization?");
2726 AddOverloadCandidate(Specialization, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
2727 SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue);
2728}
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002729
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002730/// AddConversionCandidate - Add a C++ conversion function as a
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002731/// candidate in the candidate set (C++ [over.match.conv],
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002732/// C++ [over.match.copy]). From is the expression we're converting from,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002733/// and ToType is the type that we're eventually trying to convert to
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002734/// (which may or may not be the same type as the type that the
2735/// conversion function produces).
2736void
2737Sema::AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002738 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002739 Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2740 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet) {
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002741 assert(!Conversion->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
2742 "Conversion function templates use AddTemplateConversionCandidate");
2743
Douglas Gregor3f396022009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002744 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Conversion))
2745 return;
2746
Douglas Gregor7edfb692009-11-23 12:27:39 +00002747 // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context.
2748 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(*this, Action::Unevaluated);
2749
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002750 // Add this candidate
2751 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
2752 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
2753 Candidate.Function = Conversion;
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002754 Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002755 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002756 Candidate.FinalConversion.setAsIdentityConversion();
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002757 Candidate.FinalConversion.setFromType(Conversion->getConversionType());
2758 Candidate.FinalConversion.setToType(ToType);
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002759
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002760 // Determine the implicit conversion sequence for the implicit
2761 // object parameter.
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002762 Candidate.Viable = true;
2763 Candidate.Conversions.resize(1);
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002764 Candidate.Conversions[0]
2765 = TryObjectArgumentInitialization(From->getType(), Conversion,
2766 ActingContext);
Fariborz Jahanianb191e2d2009-09-14 20:41:01 +00002767 // Conversion functions to a different type in the base class is visible in
2768 // the derived class. So, a derived to base conversion should not participate
2769 // in overload resolution.
2770 if (Candidate.Conversions[0].Standard.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base)
2771 Candidate.Conversions[0].Standard.Second = ICK_Identity;
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002772 if (Candidate.Conversions[0].isBad()) {
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002773 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCalladbb8f82010-01-13 09:16:55 +00002774 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion;
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002775 return;
2776 }
Fariborz Jahanian3759a032009-10-19 19:18:20 +00002777
2778 // We won't go through a user-define type conversion function to convert a
2779 // derived to base as such conversions are given Conversion Rank. They only
2780 // go through a copy constructor. 13.3.3.1.2-p4 [over.ics.user]
2781 QualType FromCanon
2782 = Context.getCanonicalType(From->getType().getUnqualifiedType());
2783 QualType ToCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType).getUnqualifiedType();
2784 if (FromCanon == ToCanon || IsDerivedFrom(FromCanon, ToCanon)) {
2785 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCall717e8912010-01-23 05:17:32 +00002786 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_trivial_conversion;
Fariborz Jahanian3759a032009-10-19 19:18:20 +00002787 return;
2788 }
2789
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002790
2791 // To determine what the conversion from the result of calling the
2792 // conversion function to the type we're eventually trying to
2793 // convert to (ToType), we need to synthesize a call to the
2794 // conversion function and attempt copy initialization from it. This
2795 // makes sure that we get the right semantics with respect to
2796 // lvalues/rvalues and the type. Fortunately, we can allocate this
2797 // call on the stack and we don't need its arguments to be
2798 // well-formed.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002799 DeclRefExpr ConversionRef(Conversion, Conversion->getType(),
Douglas Gregor0a0d1ac2009-11-17 21:16:22 +00002800 From->getLocStart());
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002801 ImplicitCastExpr ConversionFn(Context.getPointerType(Conversion->getType()),
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002802 CastExpr::CK_FunctionToPointerDecay,
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002803 &ConversionRef, false);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002804
2805 // Note that it is safe to allocate CallExpr on the stack here because
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002806 // there are 0 arguments (i.e., nothing is allocated using ASTContext's
2807 // allocator).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002808 CallExpr Call(Context, &ConversionFn, 0, 0,
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002809 Conversion->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType(),
Douglas Gregor0a0d1ac2009-11-17 21:16:22 +00002810 From->getLocStart());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002811 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS =
2812 TryCopyInitialization(&Call, ToType,
Anders Carlssond28b4282009-08-27 17:18:13 +00002813 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/true,
Anders Carlsson7b361b52009-08-27 17:37:39 +00002814 /*ForceRValue=*/false,
2815 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002816
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002817 switch (ICS.getKind()) {
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002818 case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion:
2819 Candidate.FinalConversion = ICS.Standard;
2820 break;
2821
2822 case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion:
2823 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCall717e8912010-01-23 05:17:32 +00002824 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_final_conversion;
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002825 break;
2826
2827 default:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002828 assert(false &&
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002829 "Can only end up with a standard conversion sequence or failure");
2830 }
2831}
2832
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002833/// \brief Adds a conversion function template specialization
2834/// candidate to the overload set, using template argument deduction
2835/// to deduce the template arguments of the conversion function
2836/// template from the type that we are converting to (C++
2837/// [temp.deduct.conv]).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002838void
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002839Sema::AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002840 CXXRecordDecl *ActingDC,
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002841 Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2842 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet) {
2843 assert(isa<CXXConversionDecl>(FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()) &&
2844 "Only conversion function templates permitted here");
2845
Douglas Gregor3f396022009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002846 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(FunctionTemplate))
2847 return;
2848
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002849 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context);
2850 CXXConversionDecl *Specialization = 0;
2851 if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002852 = DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, ToType,
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002853 Specialization, Info)) {
2854 // FIXME: Record what happened with template argument deduction, so
2855 // that we can give the user a beautiful diagnostic.
2856 (void)Result;
2857 return;
2858 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002859
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002860 // Add the conversion function template specialization produced by
2861 // template argument deduction as a candidate.
2862 assert(Specialization && "Missing function template specialization?");
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002863 AddConversionCandidate(Specialization, ActingDC, From, ToType, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002864}
2865
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002866/// AddSurrogateCandidate - Adds a "surrogate" candidate function that
2867/// converts the given @c Object to a function pointer via the
2868/// conversion function @c Conversion, and then attempts to call it
2869/// with the given arguments (C++ [over.call.object]p2-4). Proto is
2870/// the type of function that we'll eventually be calling.
2871void Sema::AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002872 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002873 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002874 QualType ObjectType,
2875 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002876 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet) {
Douglas Gregor3f396022009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002877 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Conversion))
2878 return;
2879
Douglas Gregor7edfb692009-11-23 12:27:39 +00002880 // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context.
2881 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(*this, Action::Unevaluated);
2882
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002883 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
2884 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
2885 Candidate.Function = 0;
2886 Candidate.Surrogate = Conversion;
2887 Candidate.Viable = true;
2888 Candidate.IsSurrogate = true;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002889 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002890 Candidate.Conversions.resize(NumArgs + 1);
2891
2892 // Determine the implicit conversion sequence for the implicit
2893 // object parameter.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002894 ImplicitConversionSequence ObjectInit
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002895 = TryObjectArgumentInitialization(ObjectType, Conversion, ActingContext);
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002896 if (ObjectInit.isBad()) {
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002897 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCalladbb8f82010-01-13 09:16:55 +00002898 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion;
John McCall717e8912010-01-23 05:17:32 +00002899 Candidate.Conversions[0] = ObjectInit;
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002900 return;
2901 }
2902
2903 // The first conversion is actually a user-defined conversion whose
2904 // first conversion is ObjectInit's standard conversion (which is
2905 // effectively a reference binding). Record it as such.
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002906 Candidate.Conversions[0].setUserDefined();
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002907 Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.Before = ObjectInit.Standard;
Fariborz Jahanian966256a2009-11-06 00:23:08 +00002908 Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.EllipsisConversion = false;
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002909 Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.ConversionFunction = Conversion;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002910 Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.After
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002911 = Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.Before;
2912 Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.After.setAsIdentityConversion();
2913
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002914 // Find the
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002915 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2916
2917 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having fewer than m
2918 // parameters is viable only if it has an ellipsis in its parameter
2919 // list (8.3.5).
2920 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto && !Proto->isVariadic()) {
2921 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCalladbb8f82010-01-13 09:16:55 +00002922 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_many_arguments;
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002923 return;
2924 }
2925
2926 // Function types don't have any default arguments, so just check if
2927 // we have enough arguments.
2928 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2929 // Not enough arguments.
2930 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCalladbb8f82010-01-13 09:16:55 +00002931 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_few_arguments;
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002932 return;
2933 }
2934
2935 // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the
2936 // arguments.
2937 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
2938 if (ArgIdx < NumArgsInProto) {
2939 // (C++ 13.3.2p3): for F to be a viable function, there shall
2940 // exist for each argument an implicit conversion sequence
2941 // (13.3.3.1) that converts that argument to the corresponding
2942 // parameter of F.
2943 QualType ParamType = Proto->getArgType(ArgIdx);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002944 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1]
2945 = TryCopyInitialization(Args[ArgIdx], ParamType,
Anders Carlssond28b4282009-08-27 17:18:13 +00002946 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
Anders Carlsson7b361b52009-08-27 17:37:39 +00002947 /*ForceRValue=*/false,
2948 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false);
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002949 if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].isBad()) {
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002950 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCalladbb8f82010-01-13 09:16:55 +00002951 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion;
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002952 break;
2953 }
2954 } else {
2955 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): For the purposes of overload resolution, any
2956 // argument for which there is no corresponding parameter is
2957 // considered to ""match the ellipsis" (C+ 13.3.3.1.3).
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002958 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].setEllipsis();
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002959 }
2960 }
2961}
2962
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002963// FIXME: This will eventually be removed, once we've migrated all of the
2964// operator overloading logic over to the scheme used by binary operators, which
2965// works for template instantiation.
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002966void Sema::AddOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S,
Douglas Gregorf680a0f2009-02-04 16:44:47 +00002967 SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002968 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorf680a0f2009-02-04 16:44:47 +00002969 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2970 SourceRange OpRange) {
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002971 FunctionSet Functions;
2972
2973 QualType T1 = Args[0]->getType();
2974 QualType T2;
2975 if (NumArgs > 1)
2976 T2 = Args[1]->getType();
2977
2978 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
Douglas Gregor3384c9c2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00002979 if (S)
2980 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(Op, S, T1, T2, Functions);
Sebastian Redl644be852009-10-23 19:23:15 +00002981 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, /*Operator*/true, Args, NumArgs, Functions);
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002982 AddFunctionCandidates(Functions, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
2983 AddMemberOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet, OpRange);
Douglas Gregor573d9c32009-10-21 23:19:44 +00002984 AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002985}
2986
2987/// \brief Add overload candidates for overloaded operators that are
2988/// member functions.
2989///
2990/// Add the overloaded operator candidates that are member functions
2991/// for the operator Op that was used in an operator expression such
2992/// as "x Op y". , Args/NumArgs provides the operator arguments, and
2993/// CandidateSet will store the added overload candidates. (C++
2994/// [over.match.oper]).
2995void Sema::AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
2996 SourceLocation OpLoc,
2997 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2998 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2999 SourceRange OpRange) {
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003000 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
3001
3002 // C++ [over.match.oper]p3:
3003 // For a unary operator @ with an operand of a type whose
3004 // cv-unqualified version is T1, and for a binary operator @ with
3005 // a left operand of a type whose cv-unqualified version is T1 and
3006 // a right operand of a type whose cv-unqualified version is T2,
3007 // three sets of candidate functions, designated member
3008 // candidates, non-member candidates and built-in candidates, are
3009 // constructed as follows:
3010 QualType T1 = Args[0]->getType();
3011 QualType T2;
3012 if (NumArgs > 1)
3013 T2 = Args[1]->getType();
3014
3015 // -- If T1 is a class type, the set of member candidates is the
3016 // result of the qualified lookup of T1::operator@
3017 // (13.3.1.1.1); otherwise, the set of member candidates is
3018 // empty.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003019 if (const RecordType *T1Rec = T1->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Douglas Gregor8a5ae242009-08-27 23:35:55 +00003020 // Complete the type if it can be completed. Otherwise, we're done.
Anders Carlsson8c8d9192009-10-09 23:51:55 +00003021 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, T1, PDiag()))
Douglas Gregor8a5ae242009-08-27 23:35:55 +00003022 return;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003023
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +00003024 LookupResult Operators(*this, OpName, OpLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
3025 LookupQualifiedName(Operators, T1Rec->getDecl());
3026 Operators.suppressDiagnostics();
3027
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003028 for (LookupResult::iterator Oper = Operators.begin(),
Douglas Gregor8a5ae242009-08-27 23:35:55 +00003029 OperEnd = Operators.end();
3030 Oper != OperEnd;
John McCall314be4e2009-11-17 07:50:12 +00003031 ++Oper)
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00003032 AddMethodCandidate(*Oper, Args[0]->getType(),
3033 Args + 1, NumArgs - 1, CandidateSet,
John McCall314be4e2009-11-17 07:50:12 +00003034 /* SuppressUserConversions = */ false);
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003035 }
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003036}
3037
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003038/// AddBuiltinCandidate - Add a candidate for a built-in
3039/// operator. ResultTy and ParamTys are the result and parameter types
3040/// of the built-in candidate, respectively. Args and NumArgs are the
Douglas Gregor88b4bf22009-01-13 00:52:54 +00003041/// arguments being passed to the candidate. IsAssignmentOperator
3042/// should be true when this built-in candidate is an assignment
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003043/// operator. NumContextualBoolArguments is the number of arguments
3044/// (at the beginning of the argument list) that will be contextually
3045/// converted to bool.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003046void Sema::AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys,
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003047 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor88b4bf22009-01-13 00:52:54 +00003048 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003049 bool IsAssignmentOperator,
3050 unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments) {
Douglas Gregor7edfb692009-11-23 12:27:39 +00003051 // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context.
3052 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(*this, Action::Unevaluated);
3053
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003054 // Add this candidate
3055 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
3056 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
3057 Candidate.Function = 0;
Douglas Gregorc9467cf2008-12-12 02:00:36 +00003058 Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003059 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003060 Candidate.BuiltinTypes.ResultTy = ResultTy;
3061 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
3062 Candidate.BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[ArgIdx] = ParamTys[ArgIdx];
3063
3064 // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the
3065 // arguments.
3066 Candidate.Viable = true;
3067 Candidate.Conversions.resize(NumArgs);
3068 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
Douglas Gregor88b4bf22009-01-13 00:52:54 +00003069 // C++ [over.match.oper]p4:
3070 // For the built-in assignment operators, conversions of the
3071 // left operand are restricted as follows:
3072 // -- no temporaries are introduced to hold the left operand, and
3073 // -- no user-defined conversions are applied to the left
3074 // operand to achieve a type match with the left-most
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003075 // parameter of a built-in candidate.
Douglas Gregor88b4bf22009-01-13 00:52:54 +00003076 //
3077 // We block these conversions by turning off user-defined
3078 // conversions, since that is the only way that initialization of
3079 // a reference to a non-class type can occur from something that
3080 // is not of the same type.
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003081 if (ArgIdx < NumContextualBoolArguments) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003082 assert(ParamTys[ArgIdx] == Context.BoolTy &&
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003083 "Contextual conversion to bool requires bool type");
3084 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx] = TryContextuallyConvertToBool(Args[ArgIdx]);
3085 } else {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003086 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx]
3087 = TryCopyInitialization(Args[ArgIdx], ParamTys[ArgIdx],
Anders Carlssond28b4282009-08-27 17:18:13 +00003088 ArgIdx == 0 && IsAssignmentOperator,
Anders Carlsson7b361b52009-08-27 17:37:39 +00003089 /*ForceRValue=*/false,
3090 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false);
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003091 }
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +00003092 if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].isBad()) {
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003093 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCalladbb8f82010-01-13 09:16:55 +00003094 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion;
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003095 break;
3096 }
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003097 }
3098}
3099
3100/// BuiltinCandidateTypeSet - A set of types that will be used for the
3101/// candidate operator functions for built-in operators (C++
3102/// [over.built]). The types are separated into pointer types and
3103/// enumeration types.
3104class BuiltinCandidateTypeSet {
3105 /// TypeSet - A set of types.
Chris Lattnere37b94c2009-03-29 00:04:01 +00003106 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> TypeSet;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003107
3108 /// PointerTypes - The set of pointer types that will be used in the
3109 /// built-in candidates.
3110 TypeSet PointerTypes;
3111
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003112 /// MemberPointerTypes - The set of member pointer types that will be
3113 /// used in the built-in candidates.
3114 TypeSet MemberPointerTypes;
3115
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003116 /// EnumerationTypes - The set of enumeration types that will be
3117 /// used in the built-in candidates.
3118 TypeSet EnumerationTypes;
3119
Douglas Gregor5842ba92009-08-24 15:23:48 +00003120 /// Sema - The semantic analysis instance where we are building the
3121 /// candidate type set.
3122 Sema &SemaRef;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003123
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003124 /// Context - The AST context in which we will build the type sets.
3125 ASTContext &Context;
3126
Fariborz Jahanian1cad6022009-10-16 22:08:05 +00003127 bool AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(QualType Ty,
3128 const Qualifiers &VisibleQuals);
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003129 bool AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(QualType Ty);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003130
3131public:
3132 /// iterator - Iterates through the types that are part of the set.
Chris Lattnere37b94c2009-03-29 00:04:01 +00003133 typedef TypeSet::iterator iterator;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003134
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003135 BuiltinCandidateTypeSet(Sema &SemaRef)
Douglas Gregor5842ba92009-08-24 15:23:48 +00003136 : SemaRef(SemaRef), Context(SemaRef.Context) { }
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003137
Douglas Gregor573d9c32009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003138 void AddTypesConvertedFrom(QualType Ty,
3139 SourceLocation Loc,
3140 bool AllowUserConversions,
Fariborz Jahaniana9cca892009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003141 bool AllowExplicitConversions,
3142 const Qualifiers &VisibleTypeConversionsQuals);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003143
3144 /// pointer_begin - First pointer type found;
3145 iterator pointer_begin() { return PointerTypes.begin(); }
3146
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003147 /// pointer_end - Past the last pointer type found;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003148 iterator pointer_end() { return PointerTypes.end(); }
3149
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003150 /// member_pointer_begin - First member pointer type found;
3151 iterator member_pointer_begin() { return MemberPointerTypes.begin(); }
3152
3153 /// member_pointer_end - Past the last member pointer type found;
3154 iterator member_pointer_end() { return MemberPointerTypes.end(); }
3155
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003156 /// enumeration_begin - First enumeration type found;
3157 iterator enumeration_begin() { return EnumerationTypes.begin(); }
3158
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003159 /// enumeration_end - Past the last enumeration type found;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003160 iterator enumeration_end() { return EnumerationTypes.end(); }
3161};
3162
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003163/// AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants - Add the pointer type @p Ty to
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003164/// the set of pointer types along with any more-qualified variants of
3165/// that type. For example, if @p Ty is "int const *", this routine
3166/// will add "int const *", "int const volatile *", "int const
3167/// restrict *", and "int const volatile restrict *" to the set of
3168/// pointer types. Returns true if the add of @p Ty itself succeeded,
3169/// false otherwise.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003170///
3171/// FIXME: what to do about extended qualifiers?
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003172bool
Douglas Gregor573d9c32009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003173BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(QualType Ty,
3174 const Qualifiers &VisibleQuals) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003175
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003176 // Insert this type.
Chris Lattnere37b94c2009-03-29 00:04:01 +00003177 if (!PointerTypes.insert(Ty))
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003178 return false;
3179
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003180 const PointerType *PointerTy = Ty->getAs<PointerType>();
3181 assert(PointerTy && "type was not a pointer type!");
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003182
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003183 QualType PointeeTy = PointerTy->getPointeeType();
Sebastian Redla9efada2009-11-18 20:39:26 +00003184 // Don't add qualified variants of arrays. For one, they're not allowed
3185 // (the qualifier would sink to the element type), and for another, the
3186 // only overload situation where it matters is subscript or pointer +- int,
3187 // and those shouldn't have qualifier variants anyway.
3188 if (PointeeTy->isArrayType())
3189 return true;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003190 unsigned BaseCVR = PointeeTy.getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor89c49f02009-11-09 22:08:55 +00003191 if (const ConstantArrayType *Array =Context.getAsConstantArrayType(PointeeTy))
Fariborz Jahaniand411b3f2009-11-09 21:02:05 +00003192 BaseCVR = Array->getElementType().getCVRQualifiers();
Fariborz Jahanian1cad6022009-10-16 22:08:05 +00003193 bool hasVolatile = VisibleQuals.hasVolatile();
3194 bool hasRestrict = VisibleQuals.hasRestrict();
3195
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003196 // Iterate through all strict supersets of BaseCVR.
3197 for (unsigned CVR = BaseCVR+1; CVR <= Qualifiers::CVRMask; ++CVR) {
3198 if ((CVR | BaseCVR) != CVR) continue;
Fariborz Jahanian1cad6022009-10-16 22:08:05 +00003199 // Skip over Volatile/Restrict if no Volatile/Restrict found anywhere
3200 // in the types.
3201 if ((CVR & Qualifiers::Volatile) && !hasVolatile) continue;
3202 if ((CVR & Qualifiers::Restrict) && !hasRestrict) continue;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003203 QualType QPointeeTy = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(PointeeTy, CVR);
3204 PointerTypes.insert(Context.getPointerType(QPointeeTy));
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003205 }
3206
3207 return true;
3208}
3209
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003210/// AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants - Add the pointer type @p Ty
3211/// to the set of pointer types along with any more-qualified variants of
3212/// that type. For example, if @p Ty is "int const *", this routine
3213/// will add "int const *", "int const volatile *", "int const
3214/// restrict *", and "int const volatile restrict *" to the set of
3215/// pointer types. Returns true if the add of @p Ty itself succeeded,
3216/// false otherwise.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003217///
3218/// FIXME: what to do about extended qualifiers?
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003219bool
3220BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(
3221 QualType Ty) {
3222 // Insert this type.
3223 if (!MemberPointerTypes.insert(Ty))
3224 return false;
3225
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003226 const MemberPointerType *PointerTy = Ty->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
3227 assert(PointerTy && "type was not a member pointer type!");
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003228
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003229 QualType PointeeTy = PointerTy->getPointeeType();
Sebastian Redla9efada2009-11-18 20:39:26 +00003230 // Don't add qualified variants of arrays. For one, they're not allowed
3231 // (the qualifier would sink to the element type), and for another, the
3232 // only overload situation where it matters is subscript or pointer +- int,
3233 // and those shouldn't have qualifier variants anyway.
3234 if (PointeeTy->isArrayType())
3235 return true;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003236 const Type *ClassTy = PointerTy->getClass();
3237
3238 // Iterate through all strict supersets of the pointee type's CVR
3239 // qualifiers.
3240 unsigned BaseCVR = PointeeTy.getCVRQualifiers();
3241 for (unsigned CVR = BaseCVR+1; CVR <= Qualifiers::CVRMask; ++CVR) {
3242 if ((CVR | BaseCVR) != CVR) continue;
3243
3244 QualType QPointeeTy = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(PointeeTy, CVR);
3245 MemberPointerTypes.insert(Context.getMemberPointerType(QPointeeTy, ClassTy));
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003246 }
3247
3248 return true;
3249}
3250
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003251/// AddTypesConvertedFrom - Add each of the types to which the type @p
3252/// Ty can be implicit converted to the given set of @p Types. We're
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003253/// primarily interested in pointer types and enumeration types. We also
3254/// take member pointer types, for the conditional operator.
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003255/// AllowUserConversions is true if we should look at the conversion
3256/// functions of a class type, and AllowExplicitConversions if we
3257/// should also include the explicit conversion functions of a class
3258/// type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003259void
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003260BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::AddTypesConvertedFrom(QualType Ty,
Douglas Gregor573d9c32009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003261 SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003262 bool AllowUserConversions,
Fariborz Jahaniana9cca892009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003263 bool AllowExplicitConversions,
3264 const Qualifiers &VisibleQuals) {
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003265 // Only deal with canonical types.
3266 Ty = Context.getCanonicalType(Ty);
3267
3268 // Look through reference types; they aren't part of the type of an
3269 // expression for the purposes of conversions.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003270 if (const ReferenceType *RefTy = Ty->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003271 Ty = RefTy->getPointeeType();
3272
3273 // We don't care about qualifiers on the type.
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003274 Ty = Ty.getLocalUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003275
Sebastian Redla65b5512009-11-05 16:36:20 +00003276 // If we're dealing with an array type, decay to the pointer.
3277 if (Ty->isArrayType())
3278 Ty = SemaRef.Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty);
3279
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003280 if (const PointerType *PointerTy = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003281 QualType PointeeTy = PointerTy->getPointeeType();
3282
3283 // Insert our type, and its more-qualified variants, into the set
3284 // of types.
Fariborz Jahanian1cad6022009-10-16 22:08:05 +00003285 if (!AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(Ty, VisibleQuals))
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003286 return;
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003287 } else if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
3288 // Member pointers are far easier, since the pointee can't be converted.
3289 if (!AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(Ty))
3290 return;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003291 } else if (Ty->isEnumeralType()) {
Chris Lattnere37b94c2009-03-29 00:04:01 +00003292 EnumerationTypes.insert(Ty);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003293 } else if (AllowUserConversions) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003294 if (const RecordType *TyRec = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Douglas Gregor573d9c32009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003295 if (SemaRef.RequireCompleteType(Loc, Ty, 0)) {
Douglas Gregor5842ba92009-08-24 15:23:48 +00003296 // No conversion functions in incomplete types.
3297 return;
3298 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003299
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003300 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TyRec->getDecl());
John McCalleec51cf2010-01-20 00:46:10 +00003301 const UnresolvedSetImpl *Conversions
Fariborz Jahanianca4fb042009-10-07 17:26:09 +00003302 = ClassDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions();
John McCalleec51cf2010-01-20 00:46:10 +00003303 for (UnresolvedSetImpl::iterator I = Conversions->begin(),
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00003304 E = Conversions->end(); I != E; ++I) {
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003305
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003306 // Skip conversion function templates; they don't tell us anything
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003307 // about which builtin types we can convert to.
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00003308 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*I))
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003309 continue;
3310
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00003311 CXXConversionDecl *Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(*I);
Fariborz Jahaniana9cca892009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003312 if (AllowExplicitConversions || !Conv->isExplicit()) {
Douglas Gregor573d9c32009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003313 AddTypesConvertedFrom(Conv->getConversionType(), Loc, false, false,
Fariborz Jahaniana9cca892009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003314 VisibleQuals);
3315 }
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003316 }
3317 }
3318 }
3319}
3320
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003321/// \brief Helper function for AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates() that adds
3322/// the volatile- and non-volatile-qualified assignment operators for the
3323/// given type to the candidate set.
3324static void AddBuiltinAssignmentOperatorCandidates(Sema &S,
3325 QualType T,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003326 Expr **Args,
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003327 unsigned NumArgs,
3328 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet) {
3329 QualType ParamTypes[2];
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003330
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003331 // T& operator=(T&, T)
3332 ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(T);
3333 ParamTypes[1] = T;
3334 S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
3335 /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/true);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003336
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003337 if (!S.Context.getCanonicalType(T).isVolatileQualified()) {
3338 // volatile T& operator=(volatile T&, T)
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003339 ParamTypes[0]
3340 = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(S.Context.getVolatileType(T));
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003341 ParamTypes[1] = T;
3342 S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003343 /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/true);
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003344 }
3345}
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003346
Sebastian Redl9994a342009-10-25 17:03:50 +00003347/// CollectVRQualifiers - This routine returns Volatile/Restrict qualifiers,
3348/// if any, found in visible type conversion functions found in ArgExpr's type.
Fariborz Jahaniana9cca892009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003349static Qualifiers CollectVRQualifiers(ASTContext &Context, Expr* ArgExpr) {
3350 Qualifiers VRQuals;
3351 const RecordType *TyRec;
3352 if (const MemberPointerType *RHSMPType =
3353 ArgExpr->getType()->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
3354 TyRec = cast<RecordType>(RHSMPType->getClass());
3355 else
3356 TyRec = ArgExpr->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
3357 if (!TyRec) {
Fariborz Jahanian1cad6022009-10-16 22:08:05 +00003358 // Just to be safe, assume the worst case.
Fariborz Jahaniana9cca892009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003359 VRQuals.addVolatile();
3360 VRQuals.addRestrict();
3361 return VRQuals;
3362 }
3363
3364 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TyRec->getDecl());
John McCalleec51cf2010-01-20 00:46:10 +00003365 const UnresolvedSetImpl *Conversions =
Sebastian Redl9994a342009-10-25 17:03:50 +00003366 ClassDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions();
Fariborz Jahaniana9cca892009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003367
John McCalleec51cf2010-01-20 00:46:10 +00003368 for (UnresolvedSetImpl::iterator I = Conversions->begin(),
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00003369 E = Conversions->end(); I != E; ++I) {
3370 if (CXXConversionDecl *Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(*I)) {
Fariborz Jahaniana9cca892009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003371 QualType CanTy = Context.getCanonicalType(Conv->getConversionType());
3372 if (const ReferenceType *ResTypeRef = CanTy->getAs<ReferenceType>())
3373 CanTy = ResTypeRef->getPointeeType();
3374 // Need to go down the pointer/mempointer chain and add qualifiers
3375 // as see them.
3376 bool done = false;
3377 while (!done) {
3378 if (const PointerType *ResTypePtr = CanTy->getAs<PointerType>())
3379 CanTy = ResTypePtr->getPointeeType();
3380 else if (const MemberPointerType *ResTypeMPtr =
3381 CanTy->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
3382 CanTy = ResTypeMPtr->getPointeeType();
3383 else
3384 done = true;
3385 if (CanTy.isVolatileQualified())
3386 VRQuals.addVolatile();
3387 if (CanTy.isRestrictQualified())
3388 VRQuals.addRestrict();
3389 if (VRQuals.hasRestrict() && VRQuals.hasVolatile())
3390 return VRQuals;
3391 }
3392 }
3393 }
3394 return VRQuals;
3395}
3396
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003397/// AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates - Add the appropriate built-in
3398/// operator overloads to the candidate set (C++ [over.built]), based
3399/// on the operator @p Op and the arguments given. For example, if the
3400/// operator is a binary '+', this routine might add "int
3401/// operator+(int, int)" to cover integer addition.
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003402void
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003403Sema::AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
Douglas Gregor573d9c32009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003404 SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003405 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3406 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet) {
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003407 // The set of "promoted arithmetic types", which are the arithmetic
3408 // types are that preserved by promotion (C++ [over.built]p2). Note
3409 // that the first few of these types are the promoted integral
3410 // types; these types need to be first.
3411 // FIXME: What about complex?
3412 const unsigned FirstIntegralType = 0;
3413 const unsigned LastIntegralType = 13;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003414 const unsigned FirstPromotedIntegralType = 7,
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003415 LastPromotedIntegralType = 13;
3416 const unsigned FirstPromotedArithmeticType = 7,
3417 LastPromotedArithmeticType = 16;
3418 const unsigned NumArithmeticTypes = 16;
3419 QualType ArithmeticTypes[NumArithmeticTypes] = {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003420 Context.BoolTy, Context.CharTy, Context.WCharTy,
3421// FIXME: Context.Char16Ty, Context.Char32Ty,
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003422 Context.SignedCharTy, Context.ShortTy,
3423 Context.UnsignedCharTy, Context.UnsignedShortTy,
3424 Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy,
3425 Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, Context.UnsignedLongLongTy,
3426 Context.FloatTy, Context.DoubleTy, Context.LongDoubleTy
3427 };
Douglas Gregor652371a2009-10-21 22:01:30 +00003428 assert(ArithmeticTypes[FirstPromotedIntegralType] == Context.IntTy &&
3429 "Invalid first promoted integral type");
3430 assert(ArithmeticTypes[LastPromotedIntegralType - 1]
3431 == Context.UnsignedLongLongTy &&
3432 "Invalid last promoted integral type");
3433 assert(ArithmeticTypes[FirstPromotedArithmeticType] == Context.IntTy &&
3434 "Invalid first promoted arithmetic type");
3435 assert(ArithmeticTypes[LastPromotedArithmeticType - 1]
3436 == Context.LongDoubleTy &&
3437 "Invalid last promoted arithmetic type");
3438
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003439 // Find all of the types that the arguments can convert to, but only
3440 // if the operator we're looking at has built-in operator candidates
3441 // that make use of these types.
Fariborz Jahaniana9cca892009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003442 Qualifiers VisibleTypeConversionsQuals;
3443 VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.addConst();
Fariborz Jahanian8621d012009-10-19 21:30:45 +00003444 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
3445 VisibleTypeConversionsQuals += CollectVRQualifiers(Context, Args[ArgIdx]);
3446
Douglas Gregor5842ba92009-08-24 15:23:48 +00003447 BuiltinCandidateTypeSet CandidateTypes(*this);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003448 if (Op == OO_Less || Op == OO_Greater || Op == OO_LessEqual ||
3449 Op == OO_GreaterEqual || Op == OO_EqualEqual || Op == OO_ExclaimEqual ||
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003450 Op == OO_Plus || (Op == OO_Minus && NumArgs == 2) || Op == OO_Equal ||
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003451 Op == OO_PlusEqual || Op == OO_MinusEqual || Op == OO_Subscript ||
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003452 Op == OO_ArrowStar || Op == OO_PlusPlus || Op == OO_MinusMinus ||
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003453 (Op == OO_Star && NumArgs == 1) || Op == OO_Conditional) {
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003454 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003455 CandidateTypes.AddTypesConvertedFrom(Args[ArgIdx]->getType(),
Douglas Gregor573d9c32009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003456 OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003457 true,
3458 (Op == OO_Exclaim ||
3459 Op == OO_AmpAmp ||
Fariborz Jahaniana9cca892009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003460 Op == OO_PipePipe),
3461 VisibleTypeConversionsQuals);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003462 }
3463
3464 bool isComparison = false;
3465 switch (Op) {
3466 case OO_None:
3467 case NUM_OVERLOADED_OPERATORS:
3468 assert(false && "Expected an overloaded operator");
3469 break;
3470
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003471 case OO_Star: // '*' is either unary or binary
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003472 if (NumArgs == 1)
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003473 goto UnaryStar;
3474 else
3475 goto BinaryStar;
3476 break;
3477
3478 case OO_Plus: // '+' is either unary or binary
3479 if (NumArgs == 1)
3480 goto UnaryPlus;
3481 else
3482 goto BinaryPlus;
3483 break;
3484
3485 case OO_Minus: // '-' is either unary or binary
3486 if (NumArgs == 1)
3487 goto UnaryMinus;
3488 else
3489 goto BinaryMinus;
3490 break;
3491
3492 case OO_Amp: // '&' is either unary or binary
3493 if (NumArgs == 1)
3494 goto UnaryAmp;
3495 else
3496 goto BinaryAmp;
3497
3498 case OO_PlusPlus:
3499 case OO_MinusMinus:
3500 // C++ [over.built]p3:
3501 //
3502 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is an arithmetic type, and VQ
3503 // is either volatile or empty, there exist candidate operator
3504 // functions of the form
3505 //
3506 // VQ T& operator++(VQ T&);
3507 // T operator++(VQ T&, int);
3508 //
3509 // C++ [over.built]p4:
3510 //
3511 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is an arithmetic type other
3512 // than bool, and VQ is either volatile or empty, there exist
3513 // candidate operator functions of the form
3514 //
3515 // VQ T& operator--(VQ T&);
3516 // T operator--(VQ T&, int);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003517 for (unsigned Arith = (Op == OO_PlusPlus? 0 : 1);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003518 Arith < NumArithmeticTypes; ++Arith) {
3519 QualType ArithTy = ArithmeticTypes[Arith];
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003520 QualType ParamTypes[2]
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00003521 = { Context.getLValueReferenceType(ArithTy), Context.IntTy };
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003522
3523 // Non-volatile version.
3524 if (NumArgs == 1)
3525 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3526 else
3527 AddBuiltinCandidate(ArithTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Fariborz Jahaniana9cca892009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003528 // heuristic to reduce number of builtin candidates in the set.
3529 // Add volatile version only if there are conversions to a volatile type.
3530 if (VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
3531 // Volatile version
3532 ParamTypes[0]
3533 = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Context.getVolatileType(ArithTy));
3534 if (NumArgs == 1)
3535 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3536 else
3537 AddBuiltinCandidate(ArithTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3538 }
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003539 }
3540
3541 // C++ [over.built]p5:
3542 //
3543 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is a cv-qualified or
3544 // cv-unqualified object type, and VQ is either volatile or
3545 // empty, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
3546 //
3547 // T*VQ& operator++(T*VQ&);
3548 // T*VQ& operator--(T*VQ&);
3549 // T* operator++(T*VQ&, int);
3550 // T* operator--(T*VQ&, int);
3551 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3552 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3553 // Skip pointer types that aren't pointers to object types.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003554 if (!(*Ptr)->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isObjectType())
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003555 continue;
3556
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003557 QualType ParamTypes[2] = {
3558 Context.getLValueReferenceType(*Ptr), Context.IntTy
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003559 };
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003560
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003561 // Without volatile
3562 if (NumArgs == 1)
3563 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3564 else
3565 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3566
Fariborz Jahaniana9cca892009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003567 if (!Context.getCanonicalType(*Ptr).isVolatileQualified() &&
3568 VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003569 // With volatile
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003570 ParamTypes[0]
3571 = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Context.getVolatileType(*Ptr));
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003572 if (NumArgs == 1)
3573 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3574 else
3575 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3576 }
3577 }
3578 break;
3579
3580 UnaryStar:
3581 // C++ [over.built]p6:
3582 // For every cv-qualified or cv-unqualified object type T, there
3583 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
3584 //
3585 // T& operator*(T*);
3586 //
3587 // C++ [over.built]p7:
3588 // For every function type T, there exist candidate operator
3589 // functions of the form
3590 // T& operator*(T*);
3591 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3592 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3593 QualType ParamTy = *Ptr;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003594 QualType PointeeTy = ParamTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003595 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.getLValueReferenceType(PointeeTy),
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003596 &ParamTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3597 }
3598 break;
3599
3600 UnaryPlus:
3601 // C++ [over.built]p8:
3602 // For every type T, there exist candidate operator functions of
3603 // the form
3604 //
3605 // T* operator+(T*);
3606 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3607 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3608 QualType ParamTy = *Ptr;
3609 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTy, &ParamTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3610 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003611
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003612 // Fall through
3613
3614 UnaryMinus:
3615 // C++ [over.built]p9:
3616 // For every promoted arithmetic type T, there exist candidate
3617 // operator functions of the form
3618 //
3619 // T operator+(T);
3620 // T operator-(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003621 for (unsigned Arith = FirstPromotedArithmeticType;
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003622 Arith < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Arith) {
3623 QualType ArithTy = ArithmeticTypes[Arith];
3624 AddBuiltinCandidate(ArithTy, &ArithTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3625 }
3626 break;
3627
3628 case OO_Tilde:
3629 // C++ [over.built]p10:
3630 // For every promoted integral type T, there exist candidate
3631 // operator functions of the form
3632 //
3633 // T operator~(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003634 for (unsigned Int = FirstPromotedIntegralType;
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003635 Int < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Int) {
3636 QualType IntTy = ArithmeticTypes[Int];
3637 AddBuiltinCandidate(IntTy, &IntTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3638 }
3639 break;
3640
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003641 case OO_New:
3642 case OO_Delete:
3643 case OO_Array_New:
3644 case OO_Array_Delete:
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003645 case OO_Call:
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003646 assert(false && "Special operators don't use AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates");
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003647 break;
3648
3649 case OO_Comma:
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003650 UnaryAmp:
3651 case OO_Arrow:
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003652 // C++ [over.match.oper]p3:
3653 // -- For the operator ',', the unary operator '&', or the
3654 // operator '->', the built-in candidates set is empty.
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003655 break;
3656
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003657 case OO_EqualEqual:
3658 case OO_ExclaimEqual:
3659 // C++ [over.match.oper]p16:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003660 // For every pointer to member type T, there exist candidate operator
3661 // functions of the form
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003662 //
3663 // bool operator==(T,T);
3664 // bool operator!=(T,T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003665 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003666 MemPtr = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_begin(),
3667 MemPtrEnd = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_end();
3668 MemPtr != MemPtrEnd;
3669 ++MemPtr) {
3670 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *MemPtr, *MemPtr };
3671 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.BoolTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3672 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003673
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003674 // Fall through
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003675
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003676 case OO_Less:
3677 case OO_Greater:
3678 case OO_LessEqual:
3679 case OO_GreaterEqual:
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003680 // C++ [over.built]p15:
3681 //
3682 // For every pointer or enumeration type T, there exist
3683 // candidate operator functions of the form
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003684 //
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003685 // bool operator<(T, T);
3686 // bool operator>(T, T);
3687 // bool operator<=(T, T);
3688 // bool operator>=(T, T);
3689 // bool operator==(T, T);
3690 // bool operator!=(T, T);
3691 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3692 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3693 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, *Ptr };
3694 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.BoolTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3695 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003696 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Enum
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003697 = CandidateTypes.enumeration_begin();
3698 Enum != CandidateTypes.enumeration_end(); ++Enum) {
3699 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Enum, *Enum };
3700 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.BoolTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3701 }
3702
3703 // Fall through.
3704 isComparison = true;
3705
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003706 BinaryPlus:
3707 BinaryMinus:
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003708 if (!isComparison) {
3709 // We didn't fall through, so we must have OO_Plus or OO_Minus.
3710
3711 // C++ [over.built]p13:
3712 //
3713 // For every cv-qualified or cv-unqualified object type T
3714 // there exist candidate operator functions of the form
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003715 //
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003716 // T* operator+(T*, ptrdiff_t);
3717 // T& operator[](T*, ptrdiff_t); [BELOW]
3718 // T* operator-(T*, ptrdiff_t);
3719 // T* operator+(ptrdiff_t, T*);
3720 // T& operator[](ptrdiff_t, T*); [BELOW]
3721 //
3722 // C++ [over.built]p14:
3723 //
3724 // For every T, where T is a pointer to object type, there
3725 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
3726 //
3727 // ptrdiff_t operator-(T, T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003728 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003729 = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3730 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3731 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, Context.getPointerDiffType() };
3732
3733 // operator+(T*, ptrdiff_t) or operator-(T*, ptrdiff_t)
3734 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3735
3736 if (Op == OO_Plus) {
3737 // T* operator+(ptrdiff_t, T*);
3738 ParamTypes[0] = ParamTypes[1];
3739 ParamTypes[1] = *Ptr;
3740 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3741 } else {
3742 // ptrdiff_t operator-(T, T);
3743 ParamTypes[1] = *Ptr;
3744 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.getPointerDiffType(), ParamTypes,
3745 Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3746 }
3747 }
3748 }
3749 // Fall through
3750
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003751 case OO_Slash:
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003752 BinaryStar:
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003753 Conditional:
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003754 // C++ [over.built]p12:
3755 //
3756 // For every pair of promoted arithmetic types L and R, there
3757 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
3758 //
3759 // LR operator*(L, R);
3760 // LR operator/(L, R);
3761 // LR operator+(L, R);
3762 // LR operator-(L, R);
3763 // bool operator<(L, R);
3764 // bool operator>(L, R);
3765 // bool operator<=(L, R);
3766 // bool operator>=(L, R);
3767 // bool operator==(L, R);
3768 // bool operator!=(L, R);
3769 //
3770 // where LR is the result of the usual arithmetic conversions
3771 // between types L and R.
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003772 //
3773 // C++ [over.built]p24:
3774 //
3775 // For every pair of promoted arithmetic types L and R, there exist
3776 // candidate operator functions of the form
3777 //
3778 // LR operator?(bool, L, R);
3779 //
3780 // where LR is the result of the usual arithmetic conversions
3781 // between types L and R.
3782 // Our candidates ignore the first parameter.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003783 for (unsigned Left = FirstPromotedArithmeticType;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003784 Left < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Left) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003785 for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedArithmeticType;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003786 Right < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Right) {
3787 QualType LandR[2] = { ArithmeticTypes[Left], ArithmeticTypes[Right] };
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00003788 QualType Result
3789 = isComparison
3790 ? Context.BoolTy
3791 : Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(LandR[0], LandR[1]);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003792 AddBuiltinCandidate(Result, LandR, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3793 }
3794 }
3795 break;
3796
3797 case OO_Percent:
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003798 BinaryAmp:
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003799 case OO_Caret:
3800 case OO_Pipe:
3801 case OO_LessLess:
3802 case OO_GreaterGreater:
3803 // C++ [over.built]p17:
3804 //
3805 // For every pair of promoted integral types L and R, there
3806 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
3807 //
3808 // LR operator%(L, R);
3809 // LR operator&(L, R);
3810 // LR operator^(L, R);
3811 // LR operator|(L, R);
3812 // L operator<<(L, R);
3813 // L operator>>(L, R);
3814 //
3815 // where LR is the result of the usual arithmetic conversions
3816 // between types L and R.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003817 for (unsigned Left = FirstPromotedIntegralType;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003818 Left < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Left) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003819 for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedIntegralType;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003820 Right < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Right) {
3821 QualType LandR[2] = { ArithmeticTypes[Left], ArithmeticTypes[Right] };
3822 QualType Result = (Op == OO_LessLess || Op == OO_GreaterGreater)
3823 ? LandR[0]
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00003824 : Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(LandR[0], LandR[1]);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003825 AddBuiltinCandidate(Result, LandR, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3826 }
3827 }
3828 break;
3829
3830 case OO_Equal:
3831 // C++ [over.built]p20:
3832 //
3833 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is an enumeration or
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003834 // pointer to member type and VQ is either volatile or
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003835 // empty, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
3836 //
3837 // VQ T& operator=(VQ T&, T);
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003838 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
3839 Enum = CandidateTypes.enumeration_begin(),
3840 EnumEnd = CandidateTypes.enumeration_end();
3841 Enum != EnumEnd; ++Enum)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003842 AddBuiltinAssignmentOperatorCandidates(*this, *Enum, Args, 2,
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003843 CandidateSet);
3844 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
3845 MemPtr = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_begin(),
3846 MemPtrEnd = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_end();
3847 MemPtr != MemPtrEnd; ++MemPtr)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003848 AddBuiltinAssignmentOperatorCandidates(*this, *MemPtr, Args, 2,
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003849 CandidateSet);
3850 // Fall through.
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003851
3852 case OO_PlusEqual:
3853 case OO_MinusEqual:
3854 // C++ [over.built]p19:
3855 //
3856 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is any type and VQ is either
3857 // volatile or empty, there exist candidate operator functions
3858 // of the form
3859 //
3860 // T*VQ& operator=(T*VQ&, T*);
3861 //
3862 // C++ [over.built]p21:
3863 //
3864 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is a cv-qualified or
3865 // cv-unqualified object type and VQ is either volatile or
3866 // empty, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
3867 //
3868 // T*VQ& operator+=(T*VQ&, ptrdiff_t);
3869 // T*VQ& operator-=(T*VQ&, ptrdiff_t);
3870 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3871 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3872 QualType ParamTypes[2];
3873 ParamTypes[1] = (Op == OO_Equal)? *Ptr : Context.getPointerDiffType();
3874
3875 // non-volatile version
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00003876 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(*Ptr);
Douglas Gregor88b4bf22009-01-13 00:52:54 +00003877 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
3878 /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/Op == OO_Equal);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003879
Fariborz Jahanian8621d012009-10-19 21:30:45 +00003880 if (!Context.getCanonicalType(*Ptr).isVolatileQualified() &&
3881 VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003882 // volatile version
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003883 ParamTypes[0]
3884 = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Context.getVolatileType(*Ptr));
Douglas Gregor88b4bf22009-01-13 00:52:54 +00003885 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
3886 /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/Op == OO_Equal);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003887 }
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003888 }
3889 // Fall through.
3890
3891 case OO_StarEqual:
3892 case OO_SlashEqual:
3893 // C++ [over.built]p18:
3894 //
3895 // For every triple (L, VQ, R), where L is an arithmetic type,
3896 // VQ is either volatile or empty, and R is a promoted
3897 // arithmetic type, there exist candidate operator functions of
3898 // the form
3899 //
3900 // VQ L& operator=(VQ L&, R);
3901 // VQ L& operator*=(VQ L&, R);
3902 // VQ L& operator/=(VQ L&, R);
3903 // VQ L& operator+=(VQ L&, R);
3904 // VQ L& operator-=(VQ L&, R);
3905 for (unsigned Left = 0; Left < NumArithmeticTypes; ++Left) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003906 for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedArithmeticType;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003907 Right < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Right) {
3908 QualType ParamTypes[2];
3909 ParamTypes[1] = ArithmeticTypes[Right];
3910
3911 // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is empty).
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00003912 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ArithmeticTypes[Left]);
Douglas Gregor88b4bf22009-01-13 00:52:54 +00003913 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
3914 /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/Op == OO_Equal);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003915
3916 // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is 'volatile').
Fariborz Jahanian8621d012009-10-19 21:30:45 +00003917 if (VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
3918 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getVolatileType(ArithmeticTypes[Left]);
3919 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ParamTypes[0]);
3920 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
3921 /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/Op == OO_Equal);
3922 }
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003923 }
3924 }
3925 break;
3926
3927 case OO_PercentEqual:
3928 case OO_LessLessEqual:
3929 case OO_GreaterGreaterEqual:
3930 case OO_AmpEqual:
3931 case OO_CaretEqual:
3932 case OO_PipeEqual:
3933 // C++ [over.built]p22:
3934 //
3935 // For every triple (L, VQ, R), where L is an integral type, VQ
3936 // is either volatile or empty, and R is a promoted integral
3937 // type, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
3938 //
3939 // VQ L& operator%=(VQ L&, R);
3940 // VQ L& operator<<=(VQ L&, R);
3941 // VQ L& operator>>=(VQ L&, R);
3942 // VQ L& operator&=(VQ L&, R);
3943 // VQ L& operator^=(VQ L&, R);
3944 // VQ L& operator|=(VQ L&, R);
3945 for (unsigned Left = FirstIntegralType; Left < LastIntegralType; ++Left) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003946 for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedIntegralType;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003947 Right < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Right) {
3948 QualType ParamTypes[2];
3949 ParamTypes[1] = ArithmeticTypes[Right];
3950
3951 // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is empty).
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00003952 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ArithmeticTypes[Left]);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003953 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Fariborz Jahanian035c46f2009-10-20 00:04:40 +00003954 if (VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
3955 // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is 'volatile').
3956 ParamTypes[0] = ArithmeticTypes[Left];
3957 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getVolatileType(ParamTypes[0]);
3958 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ParamTypes[0]);
3959 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3960 }
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003961 }
3962 }
3963 break;
3964
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003965 case OO_Exclaim: {
3966 // C++ [over.operator]p23:
3967 //
3968 // There also exist candidate operator functions of the form
3969 //
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003970 // bool operator!(bool);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003971 // bool operator&&(bool, bool); [BELOW]
3972 // bool operator||(bool, bool); [BELOW]
3973 QualType ParamTy = Context.BoolTy;
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003974 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTy, &ParamTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet,
3975 /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/false,
3976 /*NumContextualBoolArguments=*/1);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003977 break;
3978 }
3979
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003980 case OO_AmpAmp:
3981 case OO_PipePipe: {
3982 // C++ [over.operator]p23:
3983 //
3984 // There also exist candidate operator functions of the form
3985 //
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003986 // bool operator!(bool); [ABOVE]
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003987 // bool operator&&(bool, bool);
3988 // bool operator||(bool, bool);
3989 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { Context.BoolTy, Context.BoolTy };
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003990 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.BoolTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
3991 /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/false,
3992 /*NumContextualBoolArguments=*/2);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003993 break;
3994 }
3995
3996 case OO_Subscript:
3997 // C++ [over.built]p13:
3998 //
3999 // For every cv-qualified or cv-unqualified object type T there
4000 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004001 //
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004002 // T* operator+(T*, ptrdiff_t); [ABOVE]
4003 // T& operator[](T*, ptrdiff_t);
4004 // T* operator-(T*, ptrdiff_t); [ABOVE]
4005 // T* operator+(ptrdiff_t, T*); [ABOVE]
4006 // T& operator[](ptrdiff_t, T*);
4007 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
4008 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
4009 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, Context.getPointerDiffType() };
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004010 QualType PointeeType = (*Ptr)->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004011 QualType ResultTy = Context.getLValueReferenceType(PointeeType);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004012
4013 // T& operator[](T*, ptrdiff_t)
4014 AddBuiltinCandidate(ResultTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4015
4016 // T& operator[](ptrdiff_t, T*);
4017 ParamTypes[0] = ParamTypes[1];
4018 ParamTypes[1] = *Ptr;
4019 AddBuiltinCandidate(ResultTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4020 }
4021 break;
4022
4023 case OO_ArrowStar:
Fariborz Jahanian4657a992009-10-06 23:08:05 +00004024 // C++ [over.built]p11:
4025 // For every quintuple (C1, C2, T, CV1, CV2), where C2 is a class type,
4026 // C1 is the same type as C2 or is a derived class of C2, T is an object
4027 // type or a function type, and CV1 and CV2 are cv-qualifier-seqs,
4028 // there exist candidate operator functions of the form
4029 // CV12 T& operator->*(CV1 C1*, CV2 T C2::*);
4030 // where CV12 is the union of CV1 and CV2.
4031 {
4032 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr =
4033 CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
4034 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
4035 QualType C1Ty = (*Ptr);
4036 QualType C1;
Fariborz Jahanian5ecd5392009-10-09 16:34:40 +00004037 QualifierCollector Q1;
Fariborz Jahanian4657a992009-10-06 23:08:05 +00004038 if (const PointerType *PointerTy = C1Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian5ecd5392009-10-09 16:34:40 +00004039 C1 = QualType(Q1.strip(PointerTy->getPointeeType()), 0);
Fariborz Jahanian4657a992009-10-06 23:08:05 +00004040 if (!isa<RecordType>(C1))
4041 continue;
Fariborz Jahaniana9cca892009-10-15 17:14:05 +00004042 // heuristic to reduce number of builtin candidates in the set.
4043 // Add volatile/restrict version only if there are conversions to a
4044 // volatile/restrict type.
4045 if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile() && Q1.hasVolatile())
4046 continue;
4047 if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasRestrict() && Q1.hasRestrict())
4048 continue;
Fariborz Jahanian4657a992009-10-06 23:08:05 +00004049 }
4050 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
4051 MemPtr = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_begin(),
4052 MemPtrEnd = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_end();
4053 MemPtr != MemPtrEnd; ++MemPtr) {
4054 const MemberPointerType *mptr = cast<MemberPointerType>(*MemPtr);
4055 QualType C2 = QualType(mptr->getClass(), 0);
Fariborz Jahanian43036972009-10-07 16:56:50 +00004056 C2 = C2.getUnqualifiedType();
Fariborz Jahanian4657a992009-10-06 23:08:05 +00004057 if (C1 != C2 && !IsDerivedFrom(C1, C2))
4058 break;
4059 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, *MemPtr };
4060 // build CV12 T&
4061 QualType T = mptr->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahaniana9cca892009-10-15 17:14:05 +00004062 if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile() &&
4063 T.isVolatileQualified())
4064 continue;
4065 if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasRestrict() &&
4066 T.isRestrictQualified())
4067 continue;
Fariborz Jahanian5ecd5392009-10-09 16:34:40 +00004068 T = Q1.apply(T);
Fariborz Jahanian4657a992009-10-06 23:08:05 +00004069 QualType ResultTy = Context.getLValueReferenceType(T);
4070 AddBuiltinCandidate(ResultTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4071 }
4072 }
4073 }
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004074 break;
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00004075
4076 case OO_Conditional:
4077 // Note that we don't consider the first argument, since it has been
4078 // contextually converted to bool long ago. The candidates below are
4079 // therefore added as binary.
4080 //
4081 // C++ [over.built]p24:
4082 // For every type T, where T is a pointer or pointer-to-member type,
4083 // there exist candidate operator functions of the form
4084 //
4085 // T operator?(bool, T, T);
4086 //
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00004087 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin(),
4088 E = CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); Ptr != E; ++Ptr) {
4089 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, *Ptr };
4090 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4091 }
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00004092 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr =
4093 CandidateTypes.member_pointer_begin(),
4094 E = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_end(); Ptr != E; ++Ptr) {
4095 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, *Ptr };
4096 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4097 }
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00004098 goto Conditional;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004099 }
4100}
4101
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004102/// \brief Add function candidates found via argument-dependent lookup
4103/// to the set of overloading candidates.
4104///
4105/// This routine performs argument-dependent name lookup based on the
4106/// given function name (which may also be an operator name) and adds
4107/// all of the overload candidates found by ADL to the overload
4108/// candidate set (C++ [basic.lookup.argdep]).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004109void
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004110Sema::AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name,
4111 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00004112 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004113 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
4114 bool PartialOverloading) {
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00004115 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004116
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004117 // FIXME: Should we be trafficking in canonical function decls throughout?
4118
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00004119 // Record all of the function candidates that we've already
4120 // added to the overload set, so that we don't add those same
4121 // candidates a second time.
4122 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin(),
4123 CandEnd = CandidateSet.end();
4124 Cand != CandEnd; ++Cand)
Douglas Gregor364e0212009-06-27 21:05:07 +00004125 if (Cand->Function) {
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00004126 Functions.insert(Cand->Function);
Douglas Gregor364e0212009-06-27 21:05:07 +00004127 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = Cand->Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
4128 Functions.insert(FunTmpl);
4129 }
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004130
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004131 // FIXME: Pass in the explicit template arguments?
Sebastian Redl644be852009-10-23 19:23:15 +00004132 ArgumentDependentLookup(Name, /*Operator*/false, Args, NumArgs, Functions);
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004133
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00004134 // Erase all of the candidates we already knew about.
4135 // FIXME: This is suboptimal. Is there a better way?
4136 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin(),
4137 CandEnd = CandidateSet.end();
4138 Cand != CandEnd; ++Cand)
Douglas Gregor364e0212009-06-27 21:05:07 +00004139 if (Cand->Function) {
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00004140 Functions.erase(Cand->Function);
Douglas Gregor364e0212009-06-27 21:05:07 +00004141 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = Cand->Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
4142 Functions.erase(FunTmpl);
4143 }
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00004144
4145 // For each of the ADL candidates we found, add it to the overload
4146 // set.
4147 for (FunctionSet::iterator Func = Functions.begin(),
4148 FuncEnd = Functions.end();
Douglas Gregor364e0212009-06-27 21:05:07 +00004149 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004150 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func)) {
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00004151 if (ExplicitTemplateArgs)
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004152 continue;
4153
4154 AddOverloadCandidate(FD, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
4155 false, false, PartialOverloading);
4156 } else
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004157 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Func),
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004158 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00004159 Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor364e0212009-06-27 21:05:07 +00004160 }
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004161}
4162
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004163/// isBetterOverloadCandidate - Determines whether the first overload
4164/// candidate is a better candidate than the second (C++ 13.3.3p1).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004165bool
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004166Sema::isBetterOverloadCandidate(const OverloadCandidate& Cand1,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004167 const OverloadCandidate& Cand2) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004168 // Define viable functions to be better candidates than non-viable
4169 // functions.
4170 if (!Cand2.Viable)
4171 return Cand1.Viable;
4172 else if (!Cand1.Viable)
4173 return false;
4174
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00004175 // C++ [over.match.best]p1:
4176 //
4177 // -- if F is a static member function, ICS1(F) is defined such
4178 // that ICS1(F) is neither better nor worse than ICS1(G) for
4179 // any function G, and, symmetrically, ICS1(G) is neither
4180 // better nor worse than ICS1(F).
4181 unsigned StartArg = 0;
4182 if (Cand1.IgnoreObjectArgument || Cand2.IgnoreObjectArgument)
4183 StartArg = 1;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004184
Douglas Gregor3e15cc32009-07-07 23:38:56 +00004185 // C++ [over.match.best]p1:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004186 // A viable function F1 is defined to be a better function than another
4187 // viable function F2 if for all arguments i, ICSi(F1) is not a worse
Douglas Gregor3e15cc32009-07-07 23:38:56 +00004188 // conversion sequence than ICSi(F2), and then...
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004189 unsigned NumArgs = Cand1.Conversions.size();
4190 assert(Cand2.Conversions.size() == NumArgs && "Overload candidate mismatch");
4191 bool HasBetterConversion = false;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00004192 for (unsigned ArgIdx = StartArg; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004193 switch (CompareImplicitConversionSequences(Cand1.Conversions[ArgIdx],
4194 Cand2.Conversions[ArgIdx])) {
4195 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better:
4196 // Cand1 has a better conversion sequence.
4197 HasBetterConversion = true;
4198 break;
4199
4200 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse:
4201 // Cand1 can't be better than Cand2.
4202 return false;
4203
4204 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable:
4205 // Do nothing.
4206 break;
4207 }
4208 }
4209
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004210 // -- for some argument j, ICSj(F1) is a better conversion sequence than
Douglas Gregor3e15cc32009-07-07 23:38:56 +00004211 // ICSj(F2), or, if not that,
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004212 if (HasBetterConversion)
4213 return true;
4214
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004215 // - F1 is a non-template function and F2 is a function template
Douglas Gregor3e15cc32009-07-07 23:38:56 +00004216 // specialization, or, if not that,
4217 if (Cand1.Function && !Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate() &&
4218 Cand2.Function && Cand2.Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
4219 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004220
4221 // -- F1 and F2 are function template specializations, and the function
4222 // template for F1 is more specialized than the template for F2
4223 // according to the partial ordering rules described in 14.5.5.2, or,
Douglas Gregor3e15cc32009-07-07 23:38:56 +00004224 // if not that,
Douglas Gregor1f561c12009-08-02 23:46:29 +00004225 if (Cand1.Function && Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate() &&
4226 Cand2.Function && Cand2.Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00004227 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *BetterTemplate
4228 = getMoreSpecializedTemplate(Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate(),
4229 Cand2.Function->getPrimaryTemplate(),
Douglas Gregor5d7d3752009-09-14 23:02:14 +00004230 isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Cand1.Function)? TPOC_Conversion
4231 : TPOC_Call))
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00004232 return BetterTemplate == Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate();
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004233
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00004234 // -- the context is an initialization by user-defined conversion
4235 // (see 8.5, 13.3.1.5) and the standard conversion sequence
4236 // from the return type of F1 to the destination type (i.e.,
4237 // the type of the entity being initialized) is a better
4238 // conversion sequence than the standard conversion sequence
4239 // from the return type of F2 to the destination type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004240 if (Cand1.Function && Cand2.Function &&
4241 isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Cand1.Function) &&
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00004242 isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Cand2.Function)) {
4243 switch (CompareStandardConversionSequences(Cand1.FinalConversion,
4244 Cand2.FinalConversion)) {
4245 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better:
4246 // Cand1 has a better conversion sequence.
4247 return true;
4248
4249 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse:
4250 // Cand1 can't be better than Cand2.
4251 return false;
4252
4253 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable:
4254 // Do nothing
4255 break;
4256 }
4257 }
4258
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004259 return false;
4260}
4261
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004262/// \brief Computes the best viable function (C++ 13.3.3)
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004263/// within an overload candidate set.
4264///
4265/// \param CandidateSet the set of candidate functions.
4266///
4267/// \param Loc the location of the function name (or operator symbol) for
4268/// which overload resolution occurs.
4269///
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004270/// \param Best f overload resolution was successful or found a deleted
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004271/// function, Best points to the candidate function found.
4272///
4273/// \returns The result of overload resolution.
Douglas Gregor20093b42009-12-09 23:02:17 +00004274OverloadingResult Sema::BestViableFunction(OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
4275 SourceLocation Loc,
4276 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator& Best) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004277 // Find the best viable function.
4278 Best = CandidateSet.end();
4279 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin();
4280 Cand != CandidateSet.end(); ++Cand) {
4281 if (Cand->Viable) {
4282 if (Best == CandidateSet.end() || isBetterOverloadCandidate(*Cand, *Best))
4283 Best = Cand;
4284 }
4285 }
4286
4287 // If we didn't find any viable functions, abort.
4288 if (Best == CandidateSet.end())
4289 return OR_No_Viable_Function;
4290
4291 // Make sure that this function is better than every other viable
4292 // function. If not, we have an ambiguity.
4293 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin();
4294 Cand != CandidateSet.end(); ++Cand) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004295 if (Cand->Viable &&
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004296 Cand != Best &&
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00004297 !isBetterOverloadCandidate(*Best, *Cand)) {
4298 Best = CandidateSet.end();
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004299 return OR_Ambiguous;
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00004300 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004301 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004302
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004303 // Best is the best viable function.
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00004304 if (Best->Function &&
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004305 (Best->Function->isDeleted() ||
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00004306 Best->Function->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()))
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00004307 return OR_Deleted;
4308
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004309 // C++ [basic.def.odr]p2:
4310 // An overloaded function is used if it is selected by overload resolution
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004311 // when referred to from a potentially-evaluated expression. [Note: this
4312 // covers calls to named functions (5.2.2), operator overloading
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004313 // (clause 13), user-defined conversions (12.3.2), allocation function for
4314 // placement new (5.3.4), as well as non-default initialization (8.5).
4315 if (Best->Function)
4316 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, Best->Function);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004317 return OR_Success;
4318}
4319
John McCall3c80f572010-01-12 02:15:36 +00004320namespace {
4321
4322enum OverloadCandidateKind {
4323 oc_function,
4324 oc_method,
4325 oc_constructor,
John McCall220ccbf2010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004326 oc_function_template,
4327 oc_method_template,
4328 oc_constructor_template,
John McCall3c80f572010-01-12 02:15:36 +00004329 oc_implicit_default_constructor,
4330 oc_implicit_copy_constructor,
John McCall220ccbf2010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004331 oc_implicit_copy_assignment
John McCall3c80f572010-01-12 02:15:36 +00004332};
4333
John McCall220ccbf2010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004334OverloadCandidateKind ClassifyOverloadCandidate(Sema &S,
4335 FunctionDecl *Fn,
4336 std::string &Description) {
4337 bool isTemplate = false;
4338
4339 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = Fn->getPrimaryTemplate()) {
4340 isTemplate = true;
4341 Description = S.getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(
4342 FunTmpl->getTemplateParameters(), *Fn->getTemplateSpecializationArgs());
4343 }
John McCallb1622a12010-01-06 09:43:14 +00004344
4345 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Fn)) {
John McCall3c80f572010-01-12 02:15:36 +00004346 if (!Ctor->isImplicit())
John McCall220ccbf2010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004347 return isTemplate ? oc_constructor_template : oc_constructor;
John McCallb1622a12010-01-06 09:43:14 +00004348
John McCall3c80f572010-01-12 02:15:36 +00004349 return Ctor->isCopyConstructor() ? oc_implicit_copy_constructor
4350 : oc_implicit_default_constructor;
John McCallb1622a12010-01-06 09:43:14 +00004351 }
4352
4353 if (CXXMethodDecl *Meth = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)) {
4354 // This actually gets spelled 'candidate function' for now, but
4355 // it doesn't hurt to split it out.
John McCall3c80f572010-01-12 02:15:36 +00004356 if (!Meth->isImplicit())
John McCall220ccbf2010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004357 return isTemplate ? oc_method_template : oc_method;
John McCallb1622a12010-01-06 09:43:14 +00004358
4359 assert(Meth->isCopyAssignment()
4360 && "implicit method is not copy assignment operator?");
John McCall3c80f572010-01-12 02:15:36 +00004361 return oc_implicit_copy_assignment;
4362 }
4363
John McCall220ccbf2010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004364 return isTemplate ? oc_function_template : oc_function;
John McCall3c80f572010-01-12 02:15:36 +00004365}
4366
4367} // end anonymous namespace
4368
4369// Notes the location of an overload candidate.
4370void Sema::NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn) {
John McCall220ccbf2010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004371 std::string FnDesc;
4372 OverloadCandidateKind K = ClassifyOverloadCandidate(*this, Fn, FnDesc);
4373 Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate)
4374 << (unsigned) K << FnDesc;
John McCallb1622a12010-01-06 09:43:14 +00004375}
4376
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +00004377/// Diagnoses an ambiguous conversion. The partial diagnostic is the
4378/// "lead" diagnostic; it will be given two arguments, the source and
4379/// target types of the conversion.
4380void Sema::DiagnoseAmbiguousConversion(const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS,
4381 SourceLocation CaretLoc,
4382 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag) {
4383 Diag(CaretLoc, PDiag)
4384 << ICS.Ambiguous.getFromType() << ICS.Ambiguous.getToType();
4385 for (AmbiguousConversionSequence::const_iterator
4386 I = ICS.Ambiguous.begin(), E = ICS.Ambiguous.end(); I != E; ++I) {
4387 NoteOverloadCandidate(*I);
4388 }
John McCall81201622010-01-08 04:41:39 +00004389}
4390
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +00004391namespace {
4392
John McCalladbb8f82010-01-13 09:16:55 +00004393void DiagnoseBadConversion(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand, unsigned I) {
4394 const ImplicitConversionSequence &Conv = Cand->Conversions[I];
4395 assert(Conv.isBad());
John McCall220ccbf2010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004396 assert(Cand->Function && "for now, candidate must be a function");
4397 FunctionDecl *Fn = Cand->Function;
4398
4399 // There's a conversion slot for the object argument if this is a
4400 // non-constructor method. Note that 'I' corresponds the
4401 // conversion-slot index.
John McCalladbb8f82010-01-13 09:16:55 +00004402 bool isObjectArgument = false;
John McCall220ccbf2010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004403 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn) && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Fn)) {
John McCalladbb8f82010-01-13 09:16:55 +00004404 if (I == 0)
4405 isObjectArgument = true;
4406 else
4407 I--;
John McCall220ccbf2010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004408 }
4409
John McCall220ccbf2010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004410 std::string FnDesc;
4411 OverloadCandidateKind FnKind = ClassifyOverloadCandidate(S, Fn, FnDesc);
4412
John McCalladbb8f82010-01-13 09:16:55 +00004413 Expr *FromExpr = Conv.Bad.FromExpr;
4414 QualType FromTy = Conv.Bad.getFromType();
4415 QualType ToTy = Conv.Bad.getToType();
John McCall220ccbf2010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004416
John McCall258b2032010-01-23 08:10:49 +00004417 // Do some hand-waving analysis to see if the non-viability is due
4418 // to a qualifier mismatch.
John McCall651f3ee2010-01-14 03:28:57 +00004419 CanQualType CFromTy = S.Context.getCanonicalType(FromTy);
4420 CanQualType CToTy = S.Context.getCanonicalType(ToTy);
4421 if (CanQual<ReferenceType> RT = CToTy->getAs<ReferenceType>())
4422 CToTy = RT->getPointeeType();
4423 else {
4424 // TODO: detect and diagnose the full richness of const mismatches.
4425 if (CanQual<PointerType> FromPT = CFromTy->getAs<PointerType>())
4426 if (CanQual<PointerType> ToPT = CToTy->getAs<PointerType>())
4427 CFromTy = FromPT->getPointeeType(), CToTy = ToPT->getPointeeType();
4428 }
4429
4430 if (CToTy.getUnqualifiedType() == CFromTy.getUnqualifiedType() &&
4431 !CToTy.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(CFromTy)) {
4432 // It is dumb that we have to do this here.
4433 while (isa<ArrayType>(CFromTy))
4434 CFromTy = CFromTy->getAs<ArrayType>()->getElementType();
4435 while (isa<ArrayType>(CToTy))
4436 CToTy = CFromTy->getAs<ArrayType>()->getElementType();
4437
4438 Qualifiers FromQs = CFromTy.getQualifiers();
4439 Qualifiers ToQs = CToTy.getQualifiers();
4440
4441 if (FromQs.getAddressSpace() != ToQs.getAddressSpace()) {
4442 S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_addrspace)
4443 << (unsigned) FnKind << FnDesc
4444 << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange())
4445 << FromTy
4446 << FromQs.getAddressSpace() << ToQs.getAddressSpace()
4447 << (unsigned) isObjectArgument << I+1;
4448 return;
4449 }
4450
4451 unsigned CVR = FromQs.getCVRQualifiers() & ~ToQs.getCVRQualifiers();
4452 assert(CVR && "unexpected qualifiers mismatch");
4453
4454 if (isObjectArgument) {
4455 S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_cvr_this)
4456 << (unsigned) FnKind << FnDesc
4457 << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange())
4458 << FromTy << (CVR - 1);
4459 } else {
4460 S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_cvr)
4461 << (unsigned) FnKind << FnDesc
4462 << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange())
4463 << FromTy << (CVR - 1) << I+1;
4464 }
4465 return;
4466 }
4467
John McCall258b2032010-01-23 08:10:49 +00004468 // Diagnose references or pointers to incomplete types differently,
4469 // since it's far from impossible that the incompleteness triggered
4470 // the failure.
4471 QualType TempFromTy = FromTy.getNonReferenceType();
4472 if (const PointerType *PTy = TempFromTy->getAs<PointerType>())
4473 TempFromTy = PTy->getPointeeType();
4474 if (TempFromTy->isIncompleteType()) {
4475 S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_conv_incomplete)
4476 << (unsigned) FnKind << FnDesc
4477 << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange())
4478 << FromTy << ToTy << (unsigned) isObjectArgument << I+1;
4479 return;
4480 }
4481
John McCall651f3ee2010-01-14 03:28:57 +00004482 // TODO: specialize more based on the kind of mismatch
John McCall220ccbf2010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004483 S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_conv)
4484 << (unsigned) FnKind << FnDesc
John McCalladbb8f82010-01-13 09:16:55 +00004485 << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange())
John McCalle81e15e2010-01-14 00:56:20 +00004486 << FromTy << ToTy << (unsigned) isObjectArgument << I+1;
John McCalladbb8f82010-01-13 09:16:55 +00004487}
4488
4489void DiagnoseArityMismatch(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand,
4490 unsigned NumFormalArgs) {
4491 // TODO: treat calls to a missing default constructor as a special case
4492
4493 FunctionDecl *Fn = Cand->Function;
4494 const FunctionProtoType *FnTy = Fn->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
4495
4496 unsigned MinParams = Fn->getMinRequiredArguments();
4497
4498 // at least / at most / exactly
4499 unsigned mode, modeCount;
4500 if (NumFormalArgs < MinParams) {
4501 assert(Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments);
4502 if (MinParams != FnTy->getNumArgs() || FnTy->isVariadic())
4503 mode = 0; // "at least"
4504 else
4505 mode = 2; // "exactly"
4506 modeCount = MinParams;
4507 } else {
4508 assert(Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments);
4509 if (MinParams != FnTy->getNumArgs())
4510 mode = 1; // "at most"
4511 else
4512 mode = 2; // "exactly"
4513 modeCount = FnTy->getNumArgs();
4514 }
4515
4516 std::string Description;
4517 OverloadCandidateKind FnKind = ClassifyOverloadCandidate(S, Fn, Description);
4518
4519 S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_arity)
4520 << (unsigned) FnKind << Description << mode << modeCount << NumFormalArgs;
John McCall220ccbf2010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004521}
4522
4523void NoteFunctionCandidate(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand,
4524 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
John McCall3c80f572010-01-12 02:15:36 +00004525 FunctionDecl *Fn = Cand->Function;
4526
John McCall81201622010-01-08 04:41:39 +00004527 // Note deleted candidates, but only if they're viable.
John McCall3c80f572010-01-12 02:15:36 +00004528 if (Cand->Viable && (Fn->isDeleted() || Fn->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>())) {
John McCall220ccbf2010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004529 std::string FnDesc;
4530 OverloadCandidateKind FnKind = ClassifyOverloadCandidate(S, Fn, FnDesc);
John McCall3c80f572010-01-12 02:15:36 +00004531
4532 S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_deleted)
John McCall220ccbf2010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004533 << FnKind << FnDesc << Fn->isDeleted();
John McCalla1d7d622010-01-08 00:58:21 +00004534 return;
John McCall81201622010-01-08 04:41:39 +00004535 }
4536
John McCall220ccbf2010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004537 // We don't really have anything else to say about viable candidates.
4538 if (Cand->Viable) {
4539 S.NoteOverloadCandidate(Fn);
4540 return;
4541 }
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +00004542
John McCalladbb8f82010-01-13 09:16:55 +00004543 switch (Cand->FailureKind) {
4544 case ovl_fail_too_many_arguments:
4545 case ovl_fail_too_few_arguments:
4546 return DiagnoseArityMismatch(S, Cand, NumArgs);
John McCall220ccbf2010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004547
John McCalladbb8f82010-01-13 09:16:55 +00004548 case ovl_fail_bad_deduction:
John McCall717e8912010-01-23 05:17:32 +00004549 case ovl_fail_trivial_conversion:
4550 case ovl_fail_bad_final_conversion:
John McCalladbb8f82010-01-13 09:16:55 +00004551 return S.NoteOverloadCandidate(Fn);
John McCall220ccbf2010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004552
John McCalladbb8f82010-01-13 09:16:55 +00004553 case ovl_fail_bad_conversion:
4554 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Cand->Conversions.size(); I != N; ++I)
4555 if (Cand->Conversions[I].isBad())
4556 return DiagnoseBadConversion(S, Cand, I);
4557
4558 // FIXME: this currently happens when we're called from SemaInit
4559 // when user-conversion overload fails. Figure out how to handle
4560 // those conditions and diagnose them well.
4561 return S.NoteOverloadCandidate(Fn);
John McCall220ccbf2010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004562 }
John McCalla1d7d622010-01-08 00:58:21 +00004563}
4564
4565void NoteSurrogateCandidate(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand) {
4566 // Desugar the type of the surrogate down to a function type,
4567 // retaining as many typedefs as possible while still showing
4568 // the function type (and, therefore, its parameter types).
4569 QualType FnType = Cand->Surrogate->getConversionType();
4570 bool isLValueReference = false;
4571 bool isRValueReference = false;
4572 bool isPointer = false;
4573 if (const LValueReferenceType *FnTypeRef =
4574 FnType->getAs<LValueReferenceType>()) {
4575 FnType = FnTypeRef->getPointeeType();
4576 isLValueReference = true;
4577 } else if (const RValueReferenceType *FnTypeRef =
4578 FnType->getAs<RValueReferenceType>()) {
4579 FnType = FnTypeRef->getPointeeType();
4580 isRValueReference = true;
4581 }
4582 if (const PointerType *FnTypePtr = FnType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
4583 FnType = FnTypePtr->getPointeeType();
4584 isPointer = true;
4585 }
4586 // Desugar down to a function type.
4587 FnType = QualType(FnType->getAs<FunctionType>(), 0);
4588 // Reconstruct the pointer/reference as appropriate.
4589 if (isPointer) FnType = S.Context.getPointerType(FnType);
4590 if (isRValueReference) FnType = S.Context.getRValueReferenceType(FnType);
4591 if (isLValueReference) FnType = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(FnType);
4592
4593 S.Diag(Cand->Surrogate->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_surrogate_cand)
4594 << FnType;
4595}
4596
4597void NoteBuiltinOperatorCandidate(Sema &S,
4598 const char *Opc,
4599 SourceLocation OpLoc,
4600 OverloadCandidate *Cand) {
4601 assert(Cand->Conversions.size() <= 2 && "builtin operator is not binary");
4602 std::string TypeStr("operator");
4603 TypeStr += Opc;
4604 TypeStr += "(";
4605 TypeStr += Cand->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0].getAsString();
4606 if (Cand->Conversions.size() == 1) {
4607 TypeStr += ")";
4608 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_ovl_builtin_unary_candidate) << TypeStr;
4609 } else {
4610 TypeStr += ", ";
4611 TypeStr += Cand->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1].getAsString();
4612 TypeStr += ")";
4613 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_ovl_builtin_binary_candidate) << TypeStr;
4614 }
4615}
4616
4617void NoteAmbiguousUserConversions(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4618 OverloadCandidate *Cand) {
4619 unsigned NoOperands = Cand->Conversions.size();
4620 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NoOperands; ++ArgIdx) {
4621 const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS = Cand->Conversions[ArgIdx];
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +00004622 if (ICS.isBad()) break; // all meaningless after first invalid
4623 if (!ICS.isAmbiguous()) continue;
4624
4625 S.DiagnoseAmbiguousConversion(ICS, OpLoc,
4626 PDiag(diag::note_ambiguous_type_conversion));
John McCalla1d7d622010-01-08 00:58:21 +00004627 }
4628}
4629
John McCall1b77e732010-01-15 23:32:50 +00004630SourceLocation GetLocationForCandidate(const OverloadCandidate *Cand) {
4631 if (Cand->Function)
4632 return Cand->Function->getLocation();
John McCallf3cf22b2010-01-16 03:50:16 +00004633 if (Cand->IsSurrogate)
John McCall1b77e732010-01-15 23:32:50 +00004634 return Cand->Surrogate->getLocation();
4635 return SourceLocation();
4636}
4637
John McCallbf65c0b2010-01-12 00:48:53 +00004638struct CompareOverloadCandidatesForDisplay {
4639 Sema &S;
4640 CompareOverloadCandidatesForDisplay(Sema &S) : S(S) {}
John McCall81201622010-01-08 04:41:39 +00004641
4642 bool operator()(const OverloadCandidate *L,
4643 const OverloadCandidate *R) {
John McCallf3cf22b2010-01-16 03:50:16 +00004644 // Fast-path this check.
4645 if (L == R) return false;
4646
John McCall81201622010-01-08 04:41:39 +00004647 // Order first by viability.
John McCallbf65c0b2010-01-12 00:48:53 +00004648 if (L->Viable) {
4649 if (!R->Viable) return true;
4650
4651 // TODO: introduce a tri-valued comparison for overload
4652 // candidates. Would be more worthwhile if we had a sort
4653 // that could exploit it.
4654 if (S.isBetterOverloadCandidate(*L, *R)) return true;
4655 if (S.isBetterOverloadCandidate(*R, *L)) return false;
4656 } else if (R->Viable)
4657 return false;
John McCall81201622010-01-08 04:41:39 +00004658
John McCall1b77e732010-01-15 23:32:50 +00004659 assert(L->Viable == R->Viable);
John McCall81201622010-01-08 04:41:39 +00004660
John McCall1b77e732010-01-15 23:32:50 +00004661 // Criteria by which we can sort non-viable candidates:
4662 if (!L->Viable) {
4663 // 1. Arity mismatches come after other candidates.
4664 if (L->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments ||
4665 L->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments)
4666 return false;
4667 if (R->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments ||
4668 R->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments)
4669 return true;
John McCall81201622010-01-08 04:41:39 +00004670
John McCall717e8912010-01-23 05:17:32 +00004671 // 2. Bad conversions come first and are ordered by the number
4672 // of bad conversions and quality of good conversions.
4673 if (L->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_conversion) {
4674 if (R->FailureKind != ovl_fail_bad_conversion)
4675 return true;
4676
4677 // If there's any ordering between the defined conversions...
4678 // FIXME: this might not be transitive.
4679 assert(L->Conversions.size() == R->Conversions.size());
4680
4681 int leftBetter = 0;
4682 for (unsigned I = 0, E = L->Conversions.size(); I != E; ++I) {
4683 switch (S.CompareImplicitConversionSequences(L->Conversions[I],
4684 R->Conversions[I])) {
4685 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better:
4686 leftBetter++;
4687 break;
4688
4689 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse:
4690 leftBetter--;
4691 break;
4692
4693 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable:
4694 break;
4695 }
4696 }
4697 if (leftBetter > 0) return true;
4698 if (leftBetter < 0) return false;
4699
4700 } else if (R->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_conversion)
4701 return false;
4702
John McCall1b77e732010-01-15 23:32:50 +00004703 // TODO: others?
4704 }
4705
4706 // Sort everything else by location.
4707 SourceLocation LLoc = GetLocationForCandidate(L);
4708 SourceLocation RLoc = GetLocationForCandidate(R);
4709
4710 // Put candidates without locations (e.g. builtins) at the end.
4711 if (LLoc.isInvalid()) return false;
4712 if (RLoc.isInvalid()) return true;
4713
4714 return S.SourceMgr.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(LLoc, RLoc);
John McCall81201622010-01-08 04:41:39 +00004715 }
4716};
4717
John McCall717e8912010-01-23 05:17:32 +00004718/// CompleteNonViableCandidate - Normally, overload resolution only
4719/// computes up to the first
4720void CompleteNonViableCandidate(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand,
4721 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
4722 assert(!Cand->Viable);
4723
4724 // Don't do anything on failures other than bad conversion.
4725 if (Cand->FailureKind != ovl_fail_bad_conversion) return;
4726
4727 // Skip forward to the first bad conversion.
4728 unsigned ConvIdx = 0;
4729 unsigned ConvCount = Cand->Conversions.size();
4730 while (true) {
4731 assert(ConvIdx != ConvCount && "no bad conversion in candidate");
4732 ConvIdx++;
4733 if (Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx - 1].isBad())
4734 break;
4735 }
4736
4737 if (ConvIdx == ConvCount)
4738 return;
4739
4740 // FIXME: these should probably be preserved from the overload
4741 // operation somehow.
4742 bool SuppressUserConversions = false;
4743 bool ForceRValue = false;
4744
4745 const FunctionProtoType* Proto;
4746 unsigned ArgIdx = ConvIdx;
4747
4748 if (Cand->IsSurrogate) {
4749 QualType ConvType
4750 = Cand->Surrogate->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType();
4751 if (const PointerType *ConvPtrType = ConvType->getAs<PointerType>())
4752 ConvType = ConvPtrType->getPointeeType();
4753 Proto = ConvType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
4754 ArgIdx--;
4755 } else if (Cand->Function) {
4756 Proto = Cand->Function->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
4757 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Cand->Function) &&
4758 !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Cand->Function))
4759 ArgIdx--;
4760 } else {
4761 // Builtin binary operator with a bad first conversion.
4762 assert(ConvCount <= 3);
4763 for (; ConvIdx != ConvCount; ++ConvIdx)
4764 Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx]
4765 = S.TryCopyInitialization(Args[ConvIdx],
4766 Cand->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[ConvIdx],
4767 SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue,
4768 /*InOverloadResolution*/ true);
4769 return;
4770 }
4771
4772 // Fill in the rest of the conversions.
4773 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
4774 for (; ConvIdx != ConvCount; ++ConvIdx, ++ArgIdx) {
4775 if (ArgIdx < NumArgsInProto)
4776 Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx]
4777 = S.TryCopyInitialization(Args[ArgIdx], Proto->getArgType(ArgIdx),
4778 SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue,
4779 /*InOverloadResolution=*/true);
4780 else
4781 Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx].setEllipsis();
4782 }
4783}
4784
John McCalla1d7d622010-01-08 00:58:21 +00004785} // end anonymous namespace
4786
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004787/// PrintOverloadCandidates - When overload resolution fails, prints
4788/// diagnostic messages containing the candidates in the candidate
John McCall81201622010-01-08 04:41:39 +00004789/// set.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004790void
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004791Sema::PrintOverloadCandidates(OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
John McCall81201622010-01-08 04:41:39 +00004792 OverloadCandidateDisplayKind OCD,
John McCallcbce6062010-01-12 07:18:19 +00004793 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Fariborz Jahanian2ebe7eb2009-10-12 20:11:40 +00004794 const char *Opc,
Fariborz Jahanian16a5eac2009-10-09 00:13:15 +00004795 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
John McCall81201622010-01-08 04:41:39 +00004796 // Sort the candidates by viability and position. Sorting directly would
4797 // be prohibitive, so we make a set of pointers and sort those.
4798 llvm::SmallVector<OverloadCandidate*, 32> Cands;
4799 if (OCD == OCD_AllCandidates) Cands.reserve(CandidateSet.size());
4800 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin(),
4801 LastCand = CandidateSet.end();
John McCall717e8912010-01-23 05:17:32 +00004802 Cand != LastCand; ++Cand) {
4803 if (Cand->Viable)
John McCall81201622010-01-08 04:41:39 +00004804 Cands.push_back(Cand);
John McCall717e8912010-01-23 05:17:32 +00004805 else if (OCD == OCD_AllCandidates) {
4806 CompleteNonViableCandidate(*this, Cand, Args, NumArgs);
4807 Cands.push_back(Cand);
4808 }
4809 }
4810
John McCallbf65c0b2010-01-12 00:48:53 +00004811 std::sort(Cands.begin(), Cands.end(),
4812 CompareOverloadCandidatesForDisplay(*this));
John McCall81201622010-01-08 04:41:39 +00004813
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +00004814 bool ReportedAmbiguousConversions = false;
John McCalla1d7d622010-01-08 00:58:21 +00004815
John McCall81201622010-01-08 04:41:39 +00004816 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<OverloadCandidate*>::iterator I, E;
4817 for (I = Cands.begin(), E = Cands.end(); I != E; ++I) {
4818 OverloadCandidate *Cand = *I;
Douglas Gregor621b3932008-11-21 02:54:28 +00004819
John McCalla1d7d622010-01-08 00:58:21 +00004820 if (Cand->Function)
John McCall220ccbf2010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004821 NoteFunctionCandidate(*this, Cand, Args, NumArgs);
John McCalla1d7d622010-01-08 00:58:21 +00004822 else if (Cand->IsSurrogate)
4823 NoteSurrogateCandidate(*this, Cand);
4824
4825 // This a builtin candidate. We do not, in general, want to list
4826 // every possible builtin candidate.
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +00004827 else if (Cand->Viable) {
4828 // Generally we only see ambiguities including viable builtin
4829 // operators if overload resolution got screwed up by an
4830 // ambiguous user-defined conversion.
4831 //
4832 // FIXME: It's quite possible for different conversions to see
4833 // different ambiguities, though.
4834 if (!ReportedAmbiguousConversions) {
4835 NoteAmbiguousUserConversions(*this, OpLoc, Cand);
4836 ReportedAmbiguousConversions = true;
4837 }
John McCalla1d7d622010-01-08 00:58:21 +00004838
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +00004839 // If this is a viable builtin, print it.
John McCalla1d7d622010-01-08 00:58:21 +00004840 NoteBuiltinOperatorCandidate(*this, Opc, OpLoc, Cand);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004841 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004842 }
4843}
4844
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004845/// ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction - Try to resolve the address of
4846/// an overloaded function (C++ [over.over]), where @p From is an
4847/// expression with overloaded function type and @p ToType is the type
4848/// we're trying to resolve to. For example:
4849///
4850/// @code
4851/// int f(double);
4852/// int f(int);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004853///
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004854/// int (*pfd)(double) = f; // selects f(double)
4855/// @endcode
4856///
4857/// This routine returns the resulting FunctionDecl if it could be
4858/// resolved, and NULL otherwise. When @p Complain is true, this
4859/// routine will emit diagnostics if there is an error.
4860FunctionDecl *
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004861Sema::ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004862 bool Complain) {
4863 QualType FunctionType = ToType;
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004864 bool IsMember = false;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004865 if (const PointerType *ToTypePtr = ToType->getAs<PointerType>())
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004866 FunctionType = ToTypePtr->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004867 else if (const ReferenceType *ToTypeRef = ToType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Daniel Dunbarbb710012009-02-26 19:13:44 +00004868 FunctionType = ToTypeRef->getPointeeType();
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004869 else if (const MemberPointerType *MemTypePtr =
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004870 ToType->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) {
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004871 FunctionType = MemTypePtr->getPointeeType();
4872 IsMember = true;
4873 }
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004874
4875 // We only look at pointers or references to functions.
Douglas Gregor72e771f2009-07-09 17:16:51 +00004876 FunctionType = Context.getCanonicalType(FunctionType).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004877 if (!FunctionType->isFunctionType())
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004878 return 0;
4879
4880 // Find the actual overloaded function declaration.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004881
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004882 // C++ [over.over]p1:
4883 // [...] [Note: any redundant set of parentheses surrounding the
4884 // overloaded function name is ignored (5.1). ]
4885 Expr *OvlExpr = From->IgnoreParens();
4886
4887 // C++ [over.over]p1:
4888 // [...] The overloaded function name can be preceded by the &
4889 // operator.
4890 if (UnaryOperator *UnOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(OvlExpr)) {
4891 if (UnOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::AddrOf)
4892 OvlExpr = UnOp->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens();
4893 }
4894
Anders Carlsson70534852009-10-20 22:53:47 +00004895 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00004896 TemplateArgumentListInfo ExplicitTemplateArgs;
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00004897
4898 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*,8> Fns;
Anders Carlsson70534852009-10-20 22:53:47 +00004899
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00004900 // Look into the overloaded expression.
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00004901 if (UnresolvedLookupExpr *UL
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00004902 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(OvlExpr)) {
4903 Fns.append(UL->decls_begin(), UL->decls_end());
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00004904 if (UL->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
4905 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
4906 UL->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(ExplicitTemplateArgs);
4907 }
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00004908 } else if (UnresolvedMemberExpr *ME
4909 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(OvlExpr)) {
4910 Fns.append(ME->decls_begin(), ME->decls_end());
4911 if (ME->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
4912 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00004913 ME->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(ExplicitTemplateArgs);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00004914 }
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004915 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004916
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00004917 // If we didn't actually find anything, we're done.
4918 if (Fns.empty())
4919 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004920
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004921 // Look through all of the overloaded functions, searching for one
4922 // whose type matches exactly.
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004923 llvm::SmallPtrSet<FunctionDecl *, 4> Matches;
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004924 bool FoundNonTemplateFunction = false;
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00004925 for (llvm::SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl*>::iterator I = Fns.begin(),
4926 E = Fns.end(); I != E; ++I) {
Chandler Carruthbd647292009-12-29 06:17:27 +00004927 // Look through any using declarations to find the underlying function.
4928 NamedDecl *Fn = (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl();
4929
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004930 // C++ [over.over]p3:
4931 // Non-member functions and static member functions match
Sebastian Redl0defd762009-02-05 12:33:33 +00004932 // targets of type "pointer-to-function" or "reference-to-function."
4933 // Nonstatic member functions match targets of
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004934 // type "pointer-to-member-function."
4935 // Note that according to DR 247, the containing class does not matter.
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004936
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004937 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate
Chandler Carruthbd647292009-12-29 06:17:27 +00004938 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Fn)) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004939 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004940 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl())) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004941 // Skip non-static function templates when converting to pointer, and
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004942 // static when converting to member pointer.
4943 if (Method->isStatic() == IsMember)
4944 continue;
4945 } else if (IsMember)
4946 continue;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004947
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004948 // C++ [over.over]p2:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004949 // If the name is a function template, template argument deduction is
4950 // done (14.8.2.2), and if the argument deduction succeeds, the
4951 // resulting template argument list is used to generate a single
4952 // function template specialization, which is added to the set of
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004953 // overloaded functions considered.
Douglas Gregorb9aa6b22009-09-24 23:14:47 +00004954 // FIXME: We don't really want to build the specialization here, do we?
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004955 FunctionDecl *Specialization = 0;
4956 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context);
4957 if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00004958 = DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate,
4959 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &ExplicitTemplateArgs : 0),
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004960 FunctionType, Specialization, Info)) {
4961 // FIXME: make a note of the failed deduction for diagnostics.
4962 (void)Result;
4963 } else {
Douglas Gregorb9aa6b22009-09-24 23:14:47 +00004964 // FIXME: If the match isn't exact, shouldn't we just drop this as
4965 // a candidate? Find a testcase before changing the code.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004966 assert(FunctionType
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004967 == Context.getCanonicalType(Specialization->getType()));
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004968 Matches.insert(
Argyrios Kyrtzidis97fbaa22009-07-18 00:34:25 +00004969 cast<FunctionDecl>(Specialization->getCanonicalDecl()));
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004970 }
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00004971
4972 continue;
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004973 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004974
Chandler Carruthbd647292009-12-29 06:17:27 +00004975 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)) {
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004976 // Skip non-static functions when converting to pointer, and static
4977 // when converting to member pointer.
4978 if (Method->isStatic() == IsMember)
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004979 continue;
Douglas Gregor3eefb1c2009-10-24 04:59:53 +00004980
4981 // If we have explicit template arguments, skip non-templates.
4982 if (HasExplicitTemplateArgs)
4983 continue;
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004984 } else if (IsMember)
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004985 continue;
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004986
Chandler Carruthbd647292009-12-29 06:17:27 +00004987 if (FunctionDecl *FunDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Fn)) {
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00004988 QualType ResultTy;
4989 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FunctionType, FunDecl->getType()) ||
4990 IsNoReturnConversion(Context, FunDecl->getType(), FunctionType,
4991 ResultTy)) {
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00004992 Matches.insert(cast<FunctionDecl>(FunDecl->getCanonicalDecl()));
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004993 FoundNonTemplateFunction = true;
4994 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004995 }
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004996 }
4997
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004998 // If there were 0 or 1 matches, we're done.
4999 if (Matches.empty())
5000 return 0;
Sebastian Redl07ab2022009-10-17 21:12:09 +00005001 else if (Matches.size() == 1) {
5002 FunctionDecl *Result = *Matches.begin();
5003 MarkDeclarationReferenced(From->getLocStart(), Result);
5004 return Result;
5005 }
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005006
5007 // C++ [over.over]p4:
5008 // If more than one function is selected, [...]
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00005009 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<FunctionDecl *, 4>::iterator MatchIter;
Douglas Gregor312a2022009-09-26 03:56:17 +00005010 if (!FoundNonTemplateFunction) {
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00005011 // [...] and any given function template specialization F1 is
5012 // eliminated if the set contains a second function template
5013 // specialization whose function template is more specialized
5014 // than the function template of F1 according to the partial
5015 // ordering rules of 14.5.5.2.
5016
5017 // The algorithm specified above is quadratic. We instead use a
5018 // two-pass algorithm (similar to the one used to identify the
5019 // best viable function in an overload set) that identifies the
5020 // best function template (if it exists).
Sebastian Redl07ab2022009-10-17 21:12:09 +00005021 llvm::SmallVector<FunctionDecl *, 8> TemplateMatches(Matches.begin(),
Douglas Gregor312a2022009-09-26 03:56:17 +00005022 Matches.end());
Sebastian Redl07ab2022009-10-17 21:12:09 +00005023 FunctionDecl *Result =
5024 getMostSpecialized(TemplateMatches.data(), TemplateMatches.size(),
5025 TPOC_Other, From->getLocStart(),
5026 PDiag(),
5027 PDiag(diag::err_addr_ovl_ambiguous)
5028 << TemplateMatches[0]->getDeclName(),
John McCall220ccbf2010-01-13 00:25:19 +00005029 PDiag(diag::note_ovl_candidate)
5030 << (unsigned) oc_function_template);
Sebastian Redl07ab2022009-10-17 21:12:09 +00005031 MarkDeclarationReferenced(From->getLocStart(), Result);
5032 return Result;
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005033 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005034
Douglas Gregor312a2022009-09-26 03:56:17 +00005035 // [...] any function template specializations in the set are
5036 // eliminated if the set also contains a non-template function, [...]
5037 llvm::SmallVector<FunctionDecl *, 4> RemainingMatches;
5038 for (MatchIter M = Matches.begin(), MEnd = Matches.end(); M != MEnd; ++M)
5039 if ((*M)->getPrimaryTemplate() == 0)
5040 RemainingMatches.push_back(*M);
5041
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005042 // [...] After such eliminations, if any, there shall remain exactly one
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005043 // selected function.
Sebastian Redl07ab2022009-10-17 21:12:09 +00005044 if (RemainingMatches.size() == 1) {
5045 FunctionDecl *Result = RemainingMatches.front();
5046 MarkDeclarationReferenced(From->getLocStart(), Result);
5047 return Result;
5048 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005049
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005050 // FIXME: We should probably return the same thing that BestViableFunction
5051 // returns (even if we issue the diagnostics here).
5052 Diag(From->getLocStart(), diag::err_addr_ovl_ambiguous)
5053 << RemainingMatches[0]->getDeclName();
5054 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RemainingMatches.size(); I != N; ++I)
John McCallb1622a12010-01-06 09:43:14 +00005055 NoteOverloadCandidate(RemainingMatches[I]);
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005056 return 0;
5057}
5058
Douglas Gregor4b52e252009-12-21 23:17:24 +00005059/// \brief Given an expression that refers to an overloaded function, try to
5060/// resolve that overloaded function expression down to a single function.
5061///
5062/// This routine can only resolve template-ids that refer to a single function
5063/// template, where that template-id refers to a single template whose template
5064/// arguments are either provided by the template-id or have defaults,
5065/// as described in C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p3.
5066FunctionDecl *Sema::ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(Expr *From) {
5067 // C++ [over.over]p1:
5068 // [...] [Note: any redundant set of parentheses surrounding the
5069 // overloaded function name is ignored (5.1). ]
5070 Expr *OvlExpr = From->IgnoreParens();
5071
5072 // C++ [over.over]p1:
5073 // [...] The overloaded function name can be preceded by the &
5074 // operator.
5075 if (UnaryOperator *UnOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(OvlExpr)) {
5076 if (UnOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::AddrOf)
5077 OvlExpr = UnOp->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens();
5078 }
5079
5080 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
5081 TemplateArgumentListInfo ExplicitTemplateArgs;
5082
5083 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*,8> Fns;
5084
5085 // Look into the overloaded expression.
5086 if (UnresolvedLookupExpr *UL
5087 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(OvlExpr)) {
5088 Fns.append(UL->decls_begin(), UL->decls_end());
5089 if (UL->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
5090 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
5091 UL->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(ExplicitTemplateArgs);
5092 }
5093 } else if (UnresolvedMemberExpr *ME
5094 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(OvlExpr)) {
5095 Fns.append(ME->decls_begin(), ME->decls_end());
5096 if (ME->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
5097 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
5098 ME->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(ExplicitTemplateArgs);
5099 }
5100 }
5101
5102 // If we didn't actually find any template-ids, we're done.
5103 if (Fns.empty() || !HasExplicitTemplateArgs)
5104 return 0;
5105
5106 // Look through all of the overloaded functions, searching for one
5107 // whose type matches exactly.
5108 FunctionDecl *Matched = 0;
5109 for (llvm::SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl*>::iterator I = Fns.begin(),
5110 E = Fns.end(); I != E; ++I) {
5111 // C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p3:
5112 // [...] In contexts where deduction is done and fails, or in contexts
5113 // where deduction is not done, if a template argument list is
5114 // specified and it, along with any default template arguments,
5115 // identifies a single function template specialization, then the
5116 // template-id is an lvalue for the function template specialization.
5117 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*I);
5118
5119 // C++ [over.over]p2:
5120 // If the name is a function template, template argument deduction is
5121 // done (14.8.2.2), and if the argument deduction succeeds, the
5122 // resulting template argument list is used to generate a single
5123 // function template specialization, which is added to the set of
5124 // overloaded functions considered.
Douglas Gregor4b52e252009-12-21 23:17:24 +00005125 FunctionDecl *Specialization = 0;
5126 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context);
5127 if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
5128 = DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5129 Specialization, Info)) {
5130 // FIXME: make a note of the failed deduction for diagnostics.
5131 (void)Result;
5132 continue;
5133 }
5134
5135 // Multiple matches; we can't resolve to a single declaration.
5136 if (Matched)
5137 return 0;
5138
5139 Matched = Specialization;
5140 }
5141
5142 return Matched;
5143}
5144
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00005145/// \brief Add a single candidate to the overload set.
5146static void AddOverloadedCallCandidate(Sema &S,
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005147 NamedDecl *Callee,
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00005148 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00005149 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
5150 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
5151 bool PartialOverloading) {
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005152 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(Callee))
5153 Callee = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Callee)->getTargetDecl();
5154
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00005155 if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Callee)) {
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00005156 assert(!ExplicitTemplateArgs && "Explicit template arguments?");
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00005157 S.AddOverloadCandidate(Func, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet, false, false,
5158 PartialOverloading);
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00005159 return;
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005160 }
5161
5162 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FuncTemplate
5163 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Callee)) {
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00005164 S.AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FuncTemplate, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005165 Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005166 return;
5167 }
5168
5169 assert(false && "unhandled case in overloaded call candidate");
5170
5171 // do nothing?
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00005172}
5173
5174/// \brief Add the overload candidates named by callee and/or found by argument
5175/// dependent lookup to the given overload set.
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005176void Sema::AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00005177 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
5178 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
5179 bool PartialOverloading) {
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005180
5181#ifndef NDEBUG
5182 // Verify that ArgumentDependentLookup is consistent with the rules
5183 // in C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00005184 //
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00005185 // Let X be the lookup set produced by unqualified lookup (3.4.1)
5186 // and let Y be the lookup set produced by argument dependent
5187 // lookup (defined as follows). If X contains
5188 //
5189 // -- a declaration of a class member, or
5190 //
5191 // -- a block-scope function declaration that is not a
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005192 // using-declaration, or
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00005193 //
5194 // -- a declaration that is neither a function or a function
5195 // template
5196 //
5197 // then Y is empty.
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005198
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005199 if (ULE->requiresADL()) {
5200 for (UnresolvedLookupExpr::decls_iterator I = ULE->decls_begin(),
5201 E = ULE->decls_end(); I != E; ++I) {
5202 assert(!(*I)->getDeclContext()->isRecord());
5203 assert(isa<UsingShadowDecl>(*I) ||
5204 !(*I)->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod());
5205 assert((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate());
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005206 }
5207 }
5208#endif
5209
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005210 // It would be nice to avoid this copy.
5211 TemplateArgumentListInfo TABuffer;
5212 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
5213 if (ULE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
5214 ULE->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TABuffer);
5215 ExplicitTemplateArgs = &TABuffer;
5216 }
5217
5218 for (UnresolvedLookupExpr::decls_iterator I = ULE->decls_begin(),
5219 E = ULE->decls_end(); I != E; ++I)
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00005220 AddOverloadedCallCandidate(*this, *I, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005221 Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00005222 PartialOverloading);
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005223
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005224 if (ULE->requiresADL())
5225 AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(ULE->getName(), Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00005226 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00005227 CandidateSet,
5228 PartialOverloading);
5229}
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +00005230
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005231static Sema::OwningExprResult Destroy(Sema &SemaRef, Expr *Fn,
5232 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
5233 Fn->Destroy(SemaRef.Context);
5234 for (unsigned Arg = 0; Arg < NumArgs; ++Arg)
5235 Args[Arg]->Destroy(SemaRef.Context);
5236 return SemaRef.ExprError();
5237}
5238
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +00005239/// Attempts to recover from a call where no functions were found.
5240///
5241/// Returns true if new candidates were found.
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005242static Sema::OwningExprResult
5243BuildRecoveryCallExpr(Sema &SemaRef, Expr *Fn,
5244 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
5245 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5246 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
5247 SourceLocation *CommaLocs,
5248 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +00005249
5250 CXXScopeSpec SS;
5251 if (ULE->getQualifier()) {
5252 SS.setScopeRep(ULE->getQualifier());
5253 SS.setRange(ULE->getQualifierRange());
5254 }
5255
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005256 TemplateArgumentListInfo TABuffer;
5257 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
5258 if (ULE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
5259 ULE->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TABuffer);
5260 ExplicitTemplateArgs = &TABuffer;
5261 }
5262
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +00005263 LookupResult R(SemaRef, ULE->getName(), ULE->getNameLoc(),
5264 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +00005265 if (SemaRef.DiagnoseEmptyLookup(/*Scope=*/0, SS, R))
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005266 return Destroy(SemaRef, Fn, Args, NumArgs);
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +00005267
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005268 assert(!R.empty() && "lookup results empty despite recovery");
5269
5270 // Build an implicit member call if appropriate. Just drop the
5271 // casts and such from the call, we don't really care.
5272 Sema::OwningExprResult NewFn = SemaRef.ExprError();
5273 if ((*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember())
5274 NewFn = SemaRef.BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, ExplicitTemplateArgs);
5275 else if (ExplicitTemplateArgs)
5276 NewFn = SemaRef.BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, R, false, *ExplicitTemplateArgs);
5277 else
5278 NewFn = SemaRef.BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, false);
5279
5280 if (NewFn.isInvalid())
5281 return Destroy(SemaRef, Fn, Args, NumArgs);
5282
5283 Fn->Destroy(SemaRef.Context);
5284
5285 // This shouldn't cause an infinite loop because we're giving it
5286 // an expression with non-empty lookup results, which should never
5287 // end up here.
5288 return SemaRef.ActOnCallExpr(/*Scope*/ 0, move(NewFn), LParenLoc,
5289 Sema::MultiExprArg(SemaRef, (void**) Args, NumArgs),
5290 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +00005291}
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00005292
Douglas Gregorf6b89692008-11-26 05:54:23 +00005293/// ResolveOverloadedCallFn - Given the call expression that calls Fn
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00005294/// (which eventually refers to the declaration Func) and the call
5295/// arguments Args/NumArgs, attempt to resolve the function call down
5296/// to a specific function. If overload resolution succeeds, returns
5297/// the function declaration produced by overload
Douglas Gregor0a396682008-11-26 06:01:48 +00005298/// resolution. Otherwise, emits diagnostics, deletes all of the
Douglas Gregorf6b89692008-11-26 05:54:23 +00005299/// arguments and Fn, and returns NULL.
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005300Sema::OwningExprResult
5301Sema::BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
5302 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5303 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
5304 SourceLocation *CommaLocs,
5305 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
5306#ifndef NDEBUG
5307 if (ULE->requiresADL()) {
5308 // To do ADL, we must have found an unqualified name.
5309 assert(!ULE->getQualifier() && "qualified name with ADL");
5310
5311 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
5312 // Verify that this was correctly set up.
5313 FunctionDecl *F;
5314 if (ULE->decls_begin() + 1 == ULE->decls_end() &&
5315 (F = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*ULE->decls_begin())) &&
5316 F->getBuiltinID() && F->isImplicit())
5317 assert(0 && "performing ADL for builtin");
5318
5319 // We don't perform ADL in C.
5320 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && "ADL enabled in C");
5321 }
5322#endif
5323
Douglas Gregorf6b89692008-11-26 05:54:23 +00005324 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00005325
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005326 // Add the functions denoted by the callee to the set of candidate
5327 // functions, including those from argument-dependent lookup.
5328 AddOverloadedCallCandidates(ULE, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +00005329
5330 // If we found nothing, try to recover.
5331 // AddRecoveryCallCandidates diagnoses the error itself, so we just
5332 // bailout out if it fails.
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005333 if (CandidateSet.empty())
5334 return BuildRecoveryCallExpr(*this, Fn, ULE, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
5335 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +00005336
Douglas Gregorf6b89692008-11-26 05:54:23 +00005337 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005338 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Fn->getLocStart(), Best)) {
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005339 case OR_Success: {
5340 FunctionDecl *FDecl = Best->Function;
5341 Fn = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Fn, FDecl);
5342 return BuildResolvedCallExpr(Fn, FDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, RParenLoc);
5343 }
Douglas Gregorf6b89692008-11-26 05:54:23 +00005344
5345 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
Chris Lattner4330d652009-02-17 07:29:20 +00005346 Diag(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Douglas Gregorf6b89692008-11-26 05:54:23 +00005347 diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call)
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005348 << ULE->getName() << Fn->getSourceRange();
John McCallcbce6062010-01-12 07:18:19 +00005349 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregorf6b89692008-11-26 05:54:23 +00005350 break;
5351
5352 case OR_Ambiguous:
5353 Diag(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call)
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005354 << ULE->getName() << Fn->getSourceRange();
John McCallcbce6062010-01-12 07:18:19 +00005355 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregorf6b89692008-11-26 05:54:23 +00005356 break;
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00005357
5358 case OR_Deleted:
5359 Diag(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::err_ovl_deleted_call)
5360 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005361 << ULE->getName()
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00005362 << Fn->getSourceRange();
John McCallcbce6062010-01-12 07:18:19 +00005363 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00005364 break;
Douglas Gregorf6b89692008-11-26 05:54:23 +00005365 }
5366
5367 // Overload resolution failed. Destroy all of the subexpressions and
5368 // return NULL.
5369 Fn->Destroy(Context);
5370 for (unsigned Arg = 0; Arg < NumArgs; ++Arg)
5371 Args[Arg]->Destroy(Context);
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005372 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorf6b89692008-11-26 05:54:23 +00005373}
5374
John McCall7453ed42009-11-22 00:44:51 +00005375static bool IsOverloaded(const Sema::FunctionSet &Functions) {
5376 return Functions.size() > 1 ||
5377 (Functions.size() == 1 && isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Functions.begin()));
5378}
5379
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005380/// \brief Create a unary operation that may resolve to an overloaded
5381/// operator.
5382///
5383/// \param OpLoc The location of the operator itself (e.g., '*').
5384///
5385/// \param OpcIn The UnaryOperator::Opcode that describes this
5386/// operator.
5387///
5388/// \param Functions The set of non-member functions that will be
5389/// considered by overload resolution. The caller needs to build this
5390/// set based on the context using, e.g.,
5391/// LookupOverloadedOperatorName() and ArgumentDependentLookup(). This
5392/// set should not contain any member functions; those will be added
5393/// by CreateOverloadedUnaryOp().
5394///
5395/// \param input The input argument.
5396Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5397 unsigned OpcIn,
5398 FunctionSet &Functions,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005399 ExprArg input) {
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005400 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
5401 Expr *Input = (Expr *)input.get();
5402
5403 OverloadedOperatorKind Op = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5404 assert(Op != OO_None && "Invalid opcode for overloaded unary operator");
5405 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
5406
5407 Expr *Args[2] = { Input, 0 };
5408 unsigned NumArgs = 1;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005409
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005410 // For post-increment and post-decrement, add the implicit '0' as
5411 // the second argument, so that we know this is a post-increment or
5412 // post-decrement.
5413 if (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc || Opc == UnaryOperator::PostDec) {
5414 llvm::APSInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), false);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005415 Args[1] = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(Zero, Context.IntTy,
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005416 SourceLocation());
5417 NumArgs = 2;
5418 }
5419
5420 if (Input->isTypeDependent()) {
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005421 UnresolvedLookupExpr *Fn
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00005422 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, /*Dependent*/ true,
5423 0, SourceRange(), OpName, OpLoc,
John McCall7453ed42009-11-22 00:44:51 +00005424 /*ADL*/ true, IsOverloaded(Functions));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005425 for (FunctionSet::iterator Func = Functions.begin(),
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005426 FuncEnd = Functions.end();
5427 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func)
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005428 Fn->addDecl(*Func);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005429
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005430 input.release();
5431 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, Op, Fn,
5432 &Args[0], NumArgs,
5433 Context.DependentTy,
5434 OpLoc));
5435 }
5436
5437 // Build an empty overload set.
5438 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
5439
5440 // Add the candidates from the given function set.
5441 AddFunctionCandidates(Functions, &Args[0], NumArgs, CandidateSet, false);
5442
5443 // Add operator candidates that are member functions.
5444 AddMemberOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, &Args[0], NumArgs, CandidateSet);
5445
5446 // Add builtin operator candidates.
Douglas Gregor573d9c32009-10-21 23:19:44 +00005447 AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, &Args[0], NumArgs, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005448
5449 // Perform overload resolution.
5450 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005451 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005452 case OR_Success: {
5453 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
5454 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005455
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005456 if (FnDecl) {
5457 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
5458 // operator.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005459
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005460 // Convert the arguments.
5461 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
5462 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Input, Method))
5463 return ExprError();
5464 } else {
5465 // Convert the arguments.
Douglas Gregore1a5c172009-12-23 17:40:29 +00005466 OwningExprResult InputInit
5467 = PerformCopyInitialization(InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
Douglas Gregorbaecfed2009-12-23 00:02:00 +00005468 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)),
Douglas Gregore1a5c172009-12-23 17:40:29 +00005469 SourceLocation(),
5470 move(input));
5471 if (InputInit.isInvalid())
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005472 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorbaecfed2009-12-23 00:02:00 +00005473
Douglas Gregore1a5c172009-12-23 17:40:29 +00005474 input = move(InputInit);
Douglas Gregorbaecfed2009-12-23 00:02:00 +00005475 Input = (Expr *)input.get();
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005476 }
5477
5478 // Determine the result type
Anders Carlsson26a2a072009-10-13 21:19:37 +00005479 QualType ResultTy = FnDecl->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005480
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005481 // Build the actual expression node.
5482 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
5483 SourceLocation());
5484 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005485
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005486 input.release();
Eli Friedman4c3b8962009-11-18 03:58:17 +00005487 Args[0] = Input;
Anders Carlsson26a2a072009-10-13 21:19:37 +00005488 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this,
5489 new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, Op, FnExpr,
Eli Friedman4c3b8962009-11-18 03:58:17 +00005490 Args, NumArgs, ResultTy, OpLoc));
Anders Carlsson26a2a072009-10-13 21:19:37 +00005491
5492 if (CheckCallReturnType(FnDecl->getResultType(), OpLoc, TheCall.get(),
5493 FnDecl))
5494 return ExprError();
5495
5496 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release());
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005497 } else {
5498 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
5499 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
5500 // operator node.
5501 if (PerformImplicitConversion(Input, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005502 Best->Conversions[0], AA_Passing))
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005503 return ExprError();
5504
5505 break;
5506 }
5507 }
5508
5509 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
5510 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
5511 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
5512 break;
5513
5514 case OR_Ambiguous:
5515 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
5516 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
5517 << Input->getSourceRange();
John McCallcbce6062010-01-12 07:18:19 +00005518 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args, NumArgs,
Fariborz Jahanian2ebe7eb2009-10-12 20:11:40 +00005519 UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc), OpLoc);
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005520 return ExprError();
5521
5522 case OR_Deleted:
5523 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
5524 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
5525 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
5526 << Input->getSourceRange();
John McCallcbce6062010-01-12 07:18:19 +00005527 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005528 return ExprError();
5529 }
5530
5531 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
5532 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
5533 // build a built-in operation.
5534 input.release();
5535 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Owned(Input));
5536}
5537
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005538/// \brief Create a binary operation that may resolve to an overloaded
5539/// operator.
5540///
5541/// \param OpLoc The location of the operator itself (e.g., '+').
5542///
5543/// \param OpcIn The BinaryOperator::Opcode that describes this
5544/// operator.
5545///
5546/// \param Functions The set of non-member functions that will be
5547/// considered by overload resolution. The caller needs to build this
5548/// set based on the context using, e.g.,
5549/// LookupOverloadedOperatorName() and ArgumentDependentLookup(). This
5550/// set should not contain any member functions; those will be added
5551/// by CreateOverloadedBinOp().
5552///
5553/// \param LHS Left-hand argument.
5554/// \param RHS Right-hand argument.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005555Sema::OwningExprResult
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005556Sema::CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005557 unsigned OpcIn,
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005558 FunctionSet &Functions,
5559 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS) {
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005560 Expr *Args[2] = { LHS, RHS };
Douglas Gregorc3384cb2009-08-26 17:08:25 +00005561 LHS=RHS=0; //Please use only Args instead of LHS/RHS couple
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005562
5563 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<BinaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
5564 OverloadedOperatorKind Op = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5565 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
5566
5567 // If either side is type-dependent, create an appropriate dependent
5568 // expression.
Douglas Gregorc3384cb2009-08-26 17:08:25 +00005569 if (Args[0]->isTypeDependent() || Args[1]->isTypeDependent()) {
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005570 if (Functions.empty()) {
5571 // If there are no functions to store, just build a dependent
5572 // BinaryOperator or CompoundAssignment.
5573 if (Opc <= BinaryOperator::Assign || Opc > BinaryOperator::OrAssign)
5574 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(Args[0], Args[1], Opc,
5575 Context.DependentTy, OpLoc));
5576
5577 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(Args[0], Args[1], Opc,
5578 Context.DependentTy,
5579 Context.DependentTy,
5580 Context.DependentTy,
5581 OpLoc));
5582 }
5583
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005584 UnresolvedLookupExpr *Fn
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00005585 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, /*Dependent*/ true,
5586 0, SourceRange(), OpName, OpLoc,
John McCall7453ed42009-11-22 00:44:51 +00005587 /* ADL */ true, IsOverloaded(Functions));
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005588
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005589 for (FunctionSet::iterator Func = Functions.begin(),
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005590 FuncEnd = Functions.end();
5591 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func)
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005592 Fn->addDecl(*Func);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005593
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005594 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, Op, Fn,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005595 Args, 2,
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005596 Context.DependentTy,
5597 OpLoc));
5598 }
5599
5600 // If this is the .* operator, which is not overloadable, just
5601 // create a built-in binary operator.
5602 if (Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemD)
Douglas Gregorc3384cb2009-08-26 17:08:25 +00005603 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]);
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005604
Sebastian Redl275c2b42009-11-18 23:10:33 +00005605 // If this is the assignment operator, we only perform overload resolution
5606 // if the left-hand side is a class or enumeration type. This is actually
5607 // a hack. The standard requires that we do overload resolution between the
5608 // various built-in candidates, but as DR507 points out, this can lead to
5609 // problems. So we do it this way, which pretty much follows what GCC does.
5610 // Note that we go the traditional code path for compound assignment forms.
5611 if (Opc==BinaryOperator::Assign && !Args[0]->getType()->isOverloadableType())
Douglas Gregorc3384cb2009-08-26 17:08:25 +00005612 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]);
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005613
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005614 // Build an empty overload set.
5615 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005616
5617 // Add the candidates from the given function set.
5618 AddFunctionCandidates(Functions, Args, 2, CandidateSet, false);
5619
5620 // Add operator candidates that are member functions.
5621 AddMemberOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
5622
5623 // Add builtin operator candidates.
Douglas Gregor573d9c32009-10-21 23:19:44 +00005624 AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005625
5626 // Perform overload resolution.
5627 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005628 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00005629 case OR_Success: {
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005630 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
5631 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
5632
5633 if (FnDecl) {
5634 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
5635 // operator.
5636
5637 // Convert the arguments.
5638 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
Douglas Gregor4c2458a2009-12-22 21:44:34 +00005639 OwningExprResult Arg1
5640 = PerformCopyInitialization(
5641 InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
5642 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)),
5643 SourceLocation(),
5644 Owned(Args[1]));
5645 if (Arg1.isInvalid())
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005646 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4c2458a2009-12-22 21:44:34 +00005647
5648 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Args[0], Method))
5649 return ExprError();
5650
5651 Args[1] = RHS = Arg1.takeAs<Expr>();
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005652 } else {
5653 // Convert the arguments.
Douglas Gregor4c2458a2009-12-22 21:44:34 +00005654 OwningExprResult Arg0
5655 = PerformCopyInitialization(
5656 InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
5657 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)),
5658 SourceLocation(),
5659 Owned(Args[0]));
5660 if (Arg0.isInvalid())
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005661 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4c2458a2009-12-22 21:44:34 +00005662
5663 OwningExprResult Arg1
5664 = PerformCopyInitialization(
5665 InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
5666 FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)),
5667 SourceLocation(),
5668 Owned(Args[1]));
5669 if (Arg1.isInvalid())
5670 return ExprError();
5671 Args[0] = LHS = Arg0.takeAs<Expr>();
5672 Args[1] = RHS = Arg1.takeAs<Expr>();
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005673 }
5674
5675 // Determine the result type
5676 QualType ResultTy
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005677 = FnDecl->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005678 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
5679
5680 // Build the actual expression node.
5681 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidis81273092009-07-14 03:19:38 +00005682 OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005683 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
5684
Anders Carlsson15ea3782009-10-13 22:43:21 +00005685 ExprOwningPtr<CXXOperatorCallExpr>
5686 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, Op, FnExpr,
5687 Args, 2, ResultTy,
5688 OpLoc));
5689
5690 if (CheckCallReturnType(FnDecl->getResultType(), OpLoc, TheCall.get(),
5691 FnDecl))
5692 return ExprError();
5693
5694 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release());
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005695 } else {
5696 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
5697 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
5698 // operator node.
Douglas Gregorc3384cb2009-08-26 17:08:25 +00005699 if (PerformImplicitConversion(Args[0], Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005700 Best->Conversions[0], AA_Passing) ||
Douglas Gregorc3384cb2009-08-26 17:08:25 +00005701 PerformImplicitConversion(Args[1], Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005702 Best->Conversions[1], AA_Passing))
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005703 return ExprError();
5704
5705 break;
5706 }
5707 }
5708
Douglas Gregor33074752009-09-30 21:46:01 +00005709 case OR_No_Viable_Function: {
5710 // C++ [over.match.oper]p9:
5711 // If the operator is the operator , [...] and there are no
5712 // viable functions, then the operator is assumed to be the
5713 // built-in operator and interpreted according to clause 5.
5714 if (Opc == BinaryOperator::Comma)
5715 break;
5716
Sebastian Redl8593c782009-05-21 11:50:50 +00005717 // For class as left operand for assignment or compound assigment operator
5718 // do not fall through to handling in built-in, but report that no overloaded
5719 // assignment operator found
Douglas Gregor33074752009-09-30 21:46:01 +00005720 OwningExprResult Result = ExprError();
5721 if (Args[0]->getType()->isRecordType() &&
5722 Opc >= BinaryOperator::Assign && Opc <= BinaryOperator::OrAssign) {
Sebastian Redl8593c782009-05-21 11:50:50 +00005723 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_oper)
5724 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
Douglas Gregorc3384cb2009-08-26 17:08:25 +00005725 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor33074752009-09-30 21:46:01 +00005726 } else {
5727 // No viable function; try to create a built-in operation, which will
5728 // produce an error. Then, show the non-viable candidates.
5729 Result = CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]);
Sebastian Redl8593c782009-05-21 11:50:50 +00005730 }
Douglas Gregor33074752009-09-30 21:46:01 +00005731 assert(Result.isInvalid() &&
5732 "C++ binary operator overloading is missing candidates!");
5733 if (Result.isInvalid())
John McCallcbce6062010-01-12 07:18:19 +00005734 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, 2,
Fariborz Jahanian2ebe7eb2009-10-12 20:11:40 +00005735 BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc), OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor33074752009-09-30 21:46:01 +00005736 return move(Result);
5737 }
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005738
5739 case OR_Ambiguous:
5740 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
5741 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
Douglas Gregorc3384cb2009-08-26 17:08:25 +00005742 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
John McCallcbce6062010-01-12 07:18:19 +00005743 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args, 2,
Fariborz Jahanian2ebe7eb2009-10-12 20:11:40 +00005744 BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc), OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005745 return ExprError();
5746
5747 case OR_Deleted:
5748 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
5749 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
5750 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
Douglas Gregorc3384cb2009-08-26 17:08:25 +00005751 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
John McCallcbce6062010-01-12 07:18:19 +00005752 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, 2);
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005753 return ExprError();
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +00005754 }
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005755
Douglas Gregor33074752009-09-30 21:46:01 +00005756 // We matched a built-in operator; build it.
Douglas Gregorc3384cb2009-08-26 17:08:25 +00005757 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]);
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005758}
5759
Sebastian Redlf322ed62009-10-29 20:17:01 +00005760Action::OwningExprResult
5761Sema::CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc,
5762 SourceLocation RLoc,
5763 ExprArg Base, ExprArg Idx) {
5764 Expr *Args[2] = { static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
5765 static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get()) };
5766 DeclarationName OpName =
5767 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Subscript);
5768
5769 // If either side is type-dependent, create an appropriate dependent
5770 // expression.
5771 if (Args[0]->isTypeDependent() || Args[1]->isTypeDependent()) {
5772
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005773 UnresolvedLookupExpr *Fn
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00005774 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, /*Dependent*/ true,
5775 0, SourceRange(), OpName, LLoc,
John McCall7453ed42009-11-22 00:44:51 +00005776 /*ADL*/ true, /*Overloaded*/ false);
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00005777 // Can't add any actual overloads yet
Sebastian Redlf322ed62009-10-29 20:17:01 +00005778
5779 Base.release();
5780 Idx.release();
5781 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript, Fn,
5782 Args, 2,
5783 Context.DependentTy,
5784 RLoc));
5785 }
5786
5787 // Build an empty overload set.
5788 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
5789
5790 // Subscript can only be overloaded as a member function.
5791
5792 // Add operator candidates that are member functions.
5793 AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
5794
5795 // Add builtin operator candidates.
5796 AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
5797
5798 // Perform overload resolution.
5799 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
5800 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, LLoc, Best)) {
5801 case OR_Success: {
5802 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
5803 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
5804
5805 if (FnDecl) {
5806 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
5807 // operator.
5808
5809 // Convert the arguments.
5810 CXXMethodDecl *Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl);
5811 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Args[0], Method) ||
5812 PerformCopyInitialization(Args[1],
5813 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005814 AA_Passing))
Sebastian Redlf322ed62009-10-29 20:17:01 +00005815 return ExprError();
5816
5817 // Determine the result type
5818 QualType ResultTy
5819 = FnDecl->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
5820 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
5821
5822 // Build the actual expression node.
5823 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
5824 LLoc);
5825 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
5826
5827 Base.release();
5828 Idx.release();
5829 ExprOwningPtr<CXXOperatorCallExpr>
5830 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript,
5831 FnExpr, Args, 2,
5832 ResultTy, RLoc));
5833
5834 if (CheckCallReturnType(FnDecl->getResultType(), LLoc, TheCall.get(),
5835 FnDecl))
5836 return ExprError();
5837
5838 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release());
5839 } else {
5840 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
5841 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
5842 // operator node.
5843 if (PerformImplicitConversion(Args[0], Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005844 Best->Conversions[0], AA_Passing) ||
Sebastian Redlf322ed62009-10-29 20:17:01 +00005845 PerformImplicitConversion(Args[1], Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005846 Best->Conversions[1], AA_Passing))
Sebastian Redlf322ed62009-10-29 20:17:01 +00005847 return ExprError();
5848
5849 break;
5850 }
5851 }
5852
5853 case OR_No_Viable_Function: {
John McCall1eb3e102010-01-07 02:04:15 +00005854 if (CandidateSet.empty())
5855 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_oper)
5856 << Args[0]->getType() << /*subscript*/ 0
5857 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
5858 else
5859 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_subscript)
5860 << Args[0]->getType()
5861 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
John McCallcbce6062010-01-12 07:18:19 +00005862 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, 2,
John McCall1eb3e102010-01-07 02:04:15 +00005863 "[]", LLoc);
5864 return ExprError();
Sebastian Redlf322ed62009-10-29 20:17:01 +00005865 }
5866
5867 case OR_Ambiguous:
5868 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
5869 << "[]" << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
John McCallcbce6062010-01-12 07:18:19 +00005870 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args, 2,
Sebastian Redlf322ed62009-10-29 20:17:01 +00005871 "[]", LLoc);
5872 return ExprError();
5873
5874 case OR_Deleted:
5875 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
5876 << Best->Function->isDeleted() << "[]"
5877 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
John McCallcbce6062010-01-12 07:18:19 +00005878 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, 2,
John McCall81201622010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005879 "[]", LLoc);
Sebastian Redlf322ed62009-10-29 20:17:01 +00005880 return ExprError();
5881 }
5882
5883 // We matched a built-in operator; build it.
5884 Base.release();
5885 Idx.release();
5886 return CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Owned(Args[0]), LLoc,
5887 Owned(Args[1]), RLoc);
5888}
5889
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005890/// BuildCallToMemberFunction - Build a call to a member
5891/// function. MemExpr is the expression that refers to the member
5892/// function (and includes the object parameter), Args/NumArgs are the
5893/// arguments to the function call (not including the object
5894/// parameter). The caller needs to validate that the member
5895/// expression refers to a member function or an overloaded member
5896/// function.
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00005897Sema::OwningExprResult
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005898Sema::BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExprE,
5899 SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr **Args,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005900 unsigned NumArgs, SourceLocation *CommaLocs,
5901 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
5902 // Dig out the member expression. This holds both the object
5903 // argument and the member function we're referring to.
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00005904 Expr *NakedMemExpr = MemExprE->IgnoreParens();
5905
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00005906 MemberExpr *MemExpr;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005907 CXXMethodDecl *Method = 0;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00005908 if (isa<MemberExpr>(NakedMemExpr)) {
5909 MemExpr = cast<MemberExpr>(NakedMemExpr);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00005910 Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl());
5911 } else {
5912 UnresolvedMemberExpr *UnresExpr = cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(NakedMemExpr);
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00005913
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00005914 QualType ObjectType = UnresExpr->getBaseType();
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00005915
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005916 // Add overload candidates
5917 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005918
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00005919 // FIXME: avoid copy.
5920 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer, *TemplateArgs = 0;
5921 if (UnresExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
5922 UnresExpr->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgsBuffer);
5923 TemplateArgs = &TemplateArgsBuffer;
5924 }
5925
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00005926 for (UnresolvedMemberExpr::decls_iterator I = UnresExpr->decls_begin(),
5927 E = UnresExpr->decls_end(); I != E; ++I) {
5928
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00005929 NamedDecl *Func = *I;
5930 CXXRecordDecl *ActingDC = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Func->getDeclContext());
5931 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(Func))
5932 Func = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Func)->getTargetDecl();
5933
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00005934 if ((Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Func))) {
Douglas Gregor3eefb1c2009-10-24 04:59:53 +00005935 // If explicit template arguments were provided, we can't call a
5936 // non-template member function.
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00005937 if (TemplateArgs)
Douglas Gregor3eefb1c2009-10-24 04:59:53 +00005938 continue;
5939
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00005940 AddMethodCandidate(Method, ActingDC, ObjectType, Args, NumArgs,
5941 CandidateSet, /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00005942 } else {
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00005943 AddMethodTemplateCandidate(cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Func),
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00005944 ActingDC, TemplateArgs,
5945 ObjectType, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregordec06662009-08-21 18:42:58 +00005946 CandidateSet,
5947 /*SuppressUsedConversions=*/false);
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00005948 }
Douglas Gregordec06662009-08-21 18:42:58 +00005949 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005950
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00005951 DeclarationName DeclName = UnresExpr->getMemberName();
5952
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005953 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00005954 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, UnresExpr->getLocStart(), Best)) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005955 case OR_Success:
5956 Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function);
5957 break;
5958
5959 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00005960 Diag(UnresExpr->getMemberLoc(),
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005961 diag::err_ovl_no_viable_member_function_in_call)
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00005962 << DeclName << MemExprE->getSourceRange();
John McCallcbce6062010-01-12 07:18:19 +00005963 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005964 // FIXME: Leaking incoming expressions!
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00005965 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005966
5967 case OR_Ambiguous:
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00005968 Diag(UnresExpr->getMemberLoc(), diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_member_call)
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00005969 << DeclName << MemExprE->getSourceRange();
John McCallcbce6062010-01-12 07:18:19 +00005970 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005971 // FIXME: Leaking incoming expressions!
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00005972 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00005973
5974 case OR_Deleted:
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00005975 Diag(UnresExpr->getMemberLoc(), diag::err_ovl_deleted_member_call)
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00005976 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00005977 << DeclName << MemExprE->getSourceRange();
John McCallcbce6062010-01-12 07:18:19 +00005978 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00005979 // FIXME: Leaking incoming expressions!
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00005980 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005981 }
5982
Douglas Gregor699ee522009-11-20 19:42:02 +00005983 MemExprE = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(MemExprE, Method);
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00005984
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00005985 // If overload resolution picked a static member, build a
5986 // non-member call based on that function.
5987 if (Method->isStatic()) {
5988 return BuildResolvedCallExpr(MemExprE, Method, LParenLoc,
5989 Args, NumArgs, RParenLoc);
5990 }
5991
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00005992 MemExpr = cast<MemberExpr>(MemExprE->IgnoreParens());
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005993 }
5994
5995 assert(Method && "Member call to something that isn't a method?");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005996 ExprOwningPtr<CXXMemberCallExpr>
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00005997 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, MemExprE, Args,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005998 NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005999 Method->getResultType().getNonReferenceType(),
6000 RParenLoc));
6001
Anders Carlssoneed3e692009-10-10 00:06:20 +00006002 // Check for a valid return type.
6003 if (CheckCallReturnType(Method->getResultType(), MemExpr->getMemberLoc(),
6004 TheCall.get(), Method))
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006005 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssoneed3e692009-10-10 00:06:20 +00006006
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006007 // Convert the object argument (for a non-static member function call).
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006008 Expr *ObjectArg = MemExpr->getBase();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006009 if (!Method->isStatic() &&
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006010 PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(ObjectArg, Method))
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006011 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006012 MemExpr->setBase(ObjectArg);
6013
6014 // Convert the rest of the arguments
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00006015 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = cast<FunctionProtoType>(Method->getType());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006016 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, MemExpr, Method, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006017 RParenLoc))
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006018 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006019
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +00006020 if (CheckFunctionCall(Method, TheCall.get()))
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006021 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson6f680272009-08-16 03:42:12 +00006022
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006023 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release());
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006024}
6025
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006026/// BuildCallToObjectOfClassType - Build a call to an object of class
6027/// type (C++ [over.call.object]), which can end up invoking an
6028/// overloaded function call operator (@c operator()) or performing a
6029/// user-defined conversion on the object argument.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006030Sema::ExprResult
6031Sema::BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object,
Douglas Gregor5c37de72008-12-06 00:22:45 +00006032 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006033 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006034 SourceLocation *CommaLocs,
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006035 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
6036 assert(Object->getType()->isRecordType() && "Requires object type argument");
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00006037 const RecordType *Record = Object->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006038
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006039 // C++ [over.call.object]p1:
6040 // If the primary-expression E in the function call syntax
Eli Friedman33a31382009-08-05 19:21:58 +00006041 // evaluates to a class object of type "cv T", then the set of
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006042 // candidate functions includes at least the function call
6043 // operators of T. The function call operators of T are obtained by
6044 // ordinary lookup of the name operator() in the context of
6045 // (E).operator().
6046 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00006047 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Call);
Douglas Gregor593564b2009-11-15 07:48:03 +00006048
6049 if (RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, Object->getType(),
6050 PartialDiagnostic(diag::err_incomplete_object_call)
6051 << Object->getSourceRange()))
6052 return true;
6053
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +00006054 LookupResult R(*this, OpName, LParenLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
6055 LookupQualifiedName(R, Record->getDecl());
6056 R.suppressDiagnostics();
6057
Douglas Gregor593564b2009-11-15 07:48:03 +00006058 for (LookupResult::iterator Oper = R.begin(), OperEnd = R.end();
Douglas Gregor3734c212009-11-07 17:23:56 +00006059 Oper != OperEnd; ++Oper) {
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00006060 AddMethodCandidate(*Oper, Object->getType(), Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
John McCall314be4e2009-11-17 07:50:12 +00006061 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/ false);
Douglas Gregor3734c212009-11-07 17:23:56 +00006062 }
Douglas Gregor4a27d702009-10-21 06:18:39 +00006063
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00006064 // C++ [over.call.object]p2:
6065 // In addition, for each conversion function declared in T of the
6066 // form
6067 //
6068 // operator conversion-type-id () cv-qualifier;
6069 //
6070 // where cv-qualifier is the same cv-qualification as, or a
6071 // greater cv-qualification than, cv, and where conversion-type-id
Douglas Gregora967a6f2008-11-20 13:33:37 +00006072 // denotes the type "pointer to function of (P1,...,Pn) returning
6073 // R", or the type "reference to pointer to function of
6074 // (P1,...,Pn) returning R", or the type "reference to function
6075 // of (P1,...,Pn) returning R", a surrogate call function [...]
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00006076 // is also considered as a candidate function. Similarly,
6077 // surrogate call functions are added to the set of candidate
6078 // functions for each conversion function declared in an
6079 // accessible base class provided the function is not hidden
6080 // within T by another intervening declaration.
John McCalleec51cf2010-01-20 00:46:10 +00006081 const UnresolvedSetImpl *Conversions
Douglas Gregor90073282010-01-11 19:36:35 +00006082 = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl())->getVisibleConversionFunctions();
John McCalleec51cf2010-01-20 00:46:10 +00006083 for (UnresolvedSetImpl::iterator I = Conversions->begin(),
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006084 E = Conversions->end(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00006085 NamedDecl *D = *I;
6086 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext());
6087 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
6088 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
6089
Douglas Gregor4a27d702009-10-21 06:18:39 +00006090 // Skip over templated conversion functions; they aren't
6091 // surrogates.
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00006092 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
Douglas Gregor4a27d702009-10-21 06:18:39 +00006093 continue;
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00006094
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00006095 CXXConversionDecl *Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D);
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006096
Douglas Gregor4a27d702009-10-21 06:18:39 +00006097 // Strip the reference type (if any) and then the pointer type (if
6098 // any) to get down to what might be a function type.
6099 QualType ConvType = Conv->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType();
6100 if (const PointerType *ConvPtrType = ConvType->getAs<PointerType>())
6101 ConvType = ConvPtrType->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00006102
Douglas Gregor4a27d702009-10-21 06:18:39 +00006103 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = ConvType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00006104 AddSurrogateCandidate(Conv, ActingContext, Proto,
6105 Object->getType(), Args, NumArgs,
6106 CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00006107 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006108
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006109 // Perform overload resolution.
6110 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006111 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Object->getLocStart(), Best)) {
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006112 case OR_Success:
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00006113 // Overload resolution succeeded; we'll build the appropriate call
6114 // below.
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006115 break;
6116
6117 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
John McCall1eb3e102010-01-07 02:04:15 +00006118 if (CandidateSet.empty())
6119 Diag(Object->getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::err_ovl_no_oper)
6120 << Object->getType() << /*call*/ 1
6121 << Object->getSourceRange();
6122 else
6123 Diag(Object->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6124 diag::err_ovl_no_viable_object_call)
6125 << Object->getType() << Object->getSourceRange();
John McCallcbce6062010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006126 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006127 break;
6128
6129 case OR_Ambiguous:
6130 Diag(Object->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6131 diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_object_call)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00006132 << Object->getType() << Object->getSourceRange();
John McCallcbce6062010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006133 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006134 break;
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00006135
6136 case OR_Deleted:
6137 Diag(Object->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6138 diag::err_ovl_deleted_object_call)
6139 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
6140 << Object->getType() << Object->getSourceRange();
John McCallcbce6062010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006141 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00006142 break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006143 }
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006144
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00006145 if (Best == CandidateSet.end()) {
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006146 // We had an error; delete all of the subexpressions and return
6147 // the error.
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00006148 Object->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006149 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00006150 Args[ArgIdx]->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006151 return true;
6152 }
6153
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00006154 if (Best->Function == 0) {
6155 // Since there is no function declaration, this is one of the
6156 // surrogate candidates. Dig out the conversion function.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006157 CXXConversionDecl *Conv
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00006158 = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(
6159 Best->Conversions[0].UserDefined.ConversionFunction);
6160
6161 // We selected one of the surrogate functions that converts the
6162 // object parameter to a function pointer. Perform the conversion
6163 // on the object argument, then let ActOnCallExpr finish the job.
Fariborz Jahaniand8307b12009-09-28 18:35:46 +00006164
6165 // Create an implicit member expr to refer to the conversion operator.
Fariborz Jahanianb7400232009-09-28 23:23:40 +00006166 // and then call it.
Eli Friedmanc8c771e2009-12-09 04:52:43 +00006167 CXXMemberCallExpr *CE = BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Object, Conv);
Fariborz Jahanianb7400232009-09-28 23:23:40 +00006168
Fariborz Jahaniand8307b12009-09-28 18:35:46 +00006169 return ActOnCallExpr(S, ExprArg(*this, CE), LParenLoc,
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006170 MultiExprArg(*this, (ExprTy**)Args, NumArgs),
6171 CommaLocs, RParenLoc).release();
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00006172 }
6173
6174 // We found an overloaded operator(). Build a CXXOperatorCallExpr
6175 // that calls this method, using Object for the implicit object
6176 // parameter and passing along the remaining arguments.
6177 CXXMethodDecl *Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function);
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006178 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = Method->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006179
6180 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
6181 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
6182
6183 // Build the full argument list for the method call (the
6184 // implicit object parameter is placed at the beginning of the
6185 // list).
6186 Expr **MethodArgs;
6187 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
6188 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
6189 MethodArgs = new Expr*[NumArgsInProto + 1];
6190 } else {
6191 MethodArgs = new Expr*[NumArgs + 1];
6192 }
6193 MethodArgs[0] = Object;
6194 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
6195 MethodArgs[ArgIdx + 1] = Args[ArgIdx];
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006196
6197 Expr *NewFn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(Method, Method->getType(),
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00006198 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006199 UsualUnaryConversions(NewFn);
6200
6201 // Once we've built TheCall, all of the expressions are properly
6202 // owned.
6203 QualType ResultTy = Method->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006204 ExprOwningPtr<CXXOperatorCallExpr>
6205 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Call, NewFn,
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006206 MethodArgs, NumArgs + 1,
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00006207 ResultTy, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006208 delete [] MethodArgs;
6209
Anders Carlsson07d68f12009-10-13 21:49:31 +00006210 if (CheckCallReturnType(Method->getResultType(), LParenLoc, TheCall.get(),
6211 Method))
6212 return true;
6213
Douglas Gregor518fda12009-01-13 05:10:00 +00006214 // We may have default arguments. If so, we need to allocate more
6215 // slots in the call for them.
6216 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto)
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00006217 TheCall->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto + 1);
Douglas Gregor518fda12009-01-13 05:10:00 +00006218 else if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto)
6219 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
6220
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00006221 bool IsError = false;
6222
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006223 // Initialize the implicit object parameter.
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00006224 IsError |= PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Object, Method);
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006225 TheCall->setArg(0, Object);
6226
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00006227
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006228 // Check the argument types.
6229 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006230 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor518fda12009-01-13 05:10:00 +00006231 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006232 Arg = Args[i];
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006233
Douglas Gregor518fda12009-01-13 05:10:00 +00006234 // Pass the argument.
6235 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00006236 IsError |= PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, AA_Passing);
Douglas Gregor518fda12009-01-13 05:10:00 +00006237 } else {
Douglas Gregord47c47d2009-11-09 19:27:57 +00006238 OwningExprResult DefArg
6239 = BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(LParenLoc, Method, Method->getParamDecl(i));
6240 if (DefArg.isInvalid()) {
6241 IsError = true;
6242 break;
6243 }
6244
6245 Arg = DefArg.takeAs<Expr>();
Douglas Gregor518fda12009-01-13 05:10:00 +00006246 }
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006247
6248 TheCall->setArg(i + 1, Arg);
6249 }
6250
6251 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
6252 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
6253 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
6254 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
6255 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00006256 IsError |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, VariadicMethod);
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006257 TheCall->setArg(i + 1, Arg);
6258 }
6259 }
6260
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00006261 if (IsError) return true;
6262
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +00006263 if (CheckFunctionCall(Method, TheCall.get()))
6264 return true;
6265
Anders Carlssona303f9e2009-08-16 03:53:54 +00006266 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release()).release();
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006267}
6268
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00006269/// BuildOverloadedArrowExpr - Build a call to an overloaded @c operator->
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006270/// (if one exists), where @c Base is an expression of class type and
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00006271/// @c Member is the name of the member we're trying to find.
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00006272Sema::OwningExprResult
6273Sema::BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg BaseIn, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
6274 Expr *Base = static_cast<Expr *>(BaseIn.get());
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00006275 assert(Base->getType()->isRecordType() && "left-hand side must have class type");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006276
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00006277 // C++ [over.ref]p1:
6278 //
6279 // [...] An expression x->m is interpreted as (x.operator->())->m
6280 // for a class object x of type T if T::operator->() exists and if
6281 // the operator is selected as the best match function by the
6282 // overload resolution mechanism (13.3).
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00006283 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Arrow);
6284 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00006285 const RecordType *BaseRecord = Base->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00006286
Eli Friedmanf43fb722009-11-18 01:28:03 +00006287 if (RequireCompleteType(Base->getLocStart(), Base->getType(),
6288 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
6289 << Base->getSourceRange()))
6290 return ExprError();
6291
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +00006292 LookupResult R(*this, OpName, OpLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
6293 LookupQualifiedName(R, BaseRecord->getDecl());
6294 R.suppressDiagnostics();
Anders Carlssone30572a2009-09-10 23:18:36 +00006295
6296 for (LookupResult::iterator Oper = R.begin(), OperEnd = R.end();
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00006297 Oper != OperEnd; ++Oper) {
6298 NamedDecl *D = *Oper;
6299 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext());
6300 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
6301 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
6302
6303 AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), ActingContext,
6304 Base->getType(), 0, 0, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00006305 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00006306 }
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00006307
6308 // Perform overload resolution.
6309 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006310 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00006311 case OR_Success:
6312 // Overload resolution succeeded; we'll build the call below.
6313 break;
6314
6315 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
6316 if (CandidateSet.empty())
6317 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00006318 << Base->getType() << Base->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00006319 else
6320 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_oper)
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00006321 << "operator->" << Base->getSourceRange();
John McCallcbce6062010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006322 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, &Base, 1);
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00006323 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00006324
6325 case OR_Ambiguous:
6326 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
Anders Carlssone30572a2009-09-10 23:18:36 +00006327 << "->" << Base->getSourceRange();
John McCallcbce6062010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006328 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_ViableCandidates, &Base, 1);
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00006329 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00006330
6331 case OR_Deleted:
6332 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
6333 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
Anders Carlssone30572a2009-09-10 23:18:36 +00006334 << "->" << Base->getSourceRange();
John McCallcbce6062010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006335 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, &Base, 1);
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00006336 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00006337 }
6338
6339 // Convert the object parameter.
6340 CXXMethodDecl *Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function);
Douglas Gregorfc195ef2008-11-21 03:04:22 +00006341 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Base, Method))
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00006342 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorfc195ef2008-11-21 03:04:22 +00006343
6344 // No concerns about early exits now.
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00006345 BaseIn.release();
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00006346
6347 // Build the operator call.
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00006348 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(Method, Method->getType(),
6349 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00006350 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
Anders Carlsson15ea3782009-10-13 22:43:21 +00006351
6352 QualType ResultTy = Method->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
6353 ExprOwningPtr<CXXOperatorCallExpr>
6354 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Arrow, FnExpr,
6355 &Base, 1, ResultTy, OpLoc));
6356
6357 if (CheckCallReturnType(Method->getResultType(), OpLoc, TheCall.get(),
6358 Method))
6359 return ExprError();
6360 return move(TheCall);
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00006361}
6362
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00006363/// FixOverloadedFunctionReference - E is an expression that refers to
6364/// a C++ overloaded function (possibly with some parentheses and
6365/// perhaps a '&' around it). We have resolved the overloaded function
6366/// to the function declaration Fn, so patch up the expression E to
Anders Carlsson96ad5332009-10-21 17:16:23 +00006367/// refer (possibly indirectly) to Fn. Returns the new expr.
6368Expr *Sema::FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, FunctionDecl *Fn) {
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00006369 if (ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E)) {
Douglas Gregor699ee522009-11-20 19:42:02 +00006370 Expr *SubExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(PE->getSubExpr(), Fn);
6371 if (SubExpr == PE->getSubExpr())
6372 return PE->Retain();
6373
6374 return new (Context) ParenExpr(PE->getLParen(), PE->getRParen(), SubExpr);
6375 }
6376
6377 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
6378 Expr *SubExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ICE->getSubExpr(), Fn);
Douglas Gregor097bfb12009-10-23 22:18:25 +00006379 assert(Context.hasSameType(ICE->getSubExpr()->getType(),
Douglas Gregor699ee522009-11-20 19:42:02 +00006380 SubExpr->getType()) &&
Douglas Gregor097bfb12009-10-23 22:18:25 +00006381 "Implicit cast type cannot be determined from overload");
Douglas Gregor699ee522009-11-20 19:42:02 +00006382 if (SubExpr == ICE->getSubExpr())
6383 return ICE->Retain();
6384
6385 return new (Context) ImplicitCastExpr(ICE->getType(),
6386 ICE->getCastKind(),
6387 SubExpr,
6388 ICE->isLvalueCast());
6389 }
6390
6391 if (UnaryOperator *UnOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006392 assert(UnOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::AddrOf &&
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00006393 "Can only take the address of an overloaded function");
Douglas Gregorb86b0572009-02-11 01:18:59 +00006394 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)) {
6395 if (Method->isStatic()) {
6396 // Do nothing: static member functions aren't any different
6397 // from non-member functions.
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006398 } else {
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00006399 // Fix the sub expression, which really has to be an
6400 // UnresolvedLookupExpr holding an overloaded member function
6401 // or template.
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006402 Expr *SubExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(UnOp->getSubExpr(), Fn);
6403 if (SubExpr == UnOp->getSubExpr())
6404 return UnOp->Retain();
Douglas Gregor699ee522009-11-20 19:42:02 +00006405
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006406 assert(isa<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr)
6407 && "fixed to something other than a decl ref");
6408 assert(cast<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr)->getQualifier()
6409 && "fixed to a member ref with no nested name qualifier");
6410
6411 // We have taken the address of a pointer to member
6412 // function. Perform the computation here so that we get the
6413 // appropriate pointer to member type.
6414 QualType ClassType
6415 = Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Method->getDeclContext()));
6416 QualType MemPtrType
6417 = Context.getMemberPointerType(Fn->getType(), ClassType.getTypePtr());
6418
6419 return new (Context) UnaryOperator(SubExpr, UnaryOperator::AddrOf,
6420 MemPtrType, UnOp->getOperatorLoc());
Douglas Gregorb86b0572009-02-11 01:18:59 +00006421 }
6422 }
Douglas Gregor699ee522009-11-20 19:42:02 +00006423 Expr *SubExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(UnOp->getSubExpr(), Fn);
6424 if (SubExpr == UnOp->getSubExpr())
6425 return UnOp->Retain();
Anders Carlsson96ad5332009-10-21 17:16:23 +00006426
Douglas Gregor699ee522009-11-20 19:42:02 +00006427 return new (Context) UnaryOperator(SubExpr, UnaryOperator::AddrOf,
6428 Context.getPointerType(SubExpr->getType()),
6429 UnOp->getOperatorLoc());
Douglas Gregor699ee522009-11-20 19:42:02 +00006430 }
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006431
6432 if (UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(E)) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006433 // FIXME: avoid copy.
6434 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer, *TemplateArgs = 0;
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00006435 if (ULE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006436 ULE->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgsBuffer);
6437 TemplateArgs = &TemplateArgsBuffer;
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00006438 }
6439
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006440 return DeclRefExpr::Create(Context,
6441 ULE->getQualifier(),
6442 ULE->getQualifierRange(),
6443 Fn,
6444 ULE->getNameLoc(),
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006445 Fn->getType(),
6446 TemplateArgs);
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006447 }
6448
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006449 if (UnresolvedMemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(E)) {
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00006450 // FIXME: avoid copy.
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006451 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer, *TemplateArgs = 0;
6452 if (MemExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
6453 MemExpr->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgsBuffer);
6454 TemplateArgs = &TemplateArgsBuffer;
6455 }
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00006456
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006457 Expr *Base;
6458
6459 // If we're filling in
6460 if (MemExpr->isImplicitAccess()) {
6461 if (cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)->isStatic()) {
6462 return DeclRefExpr::Create(Context,
6463 MemExpr->getQualifier(),
6464 MemExpr->getQualifierRange(),
6465 Fn,
6466 MemExpr->getMemberLoc(),
6467 Fn->getType(),
6468 TemplateArgs);
Douglas Gregor828a1972010-01-07 23:12:05 +00006469 } else {
6470 SourceLocation Loc = MemExpr->getMemberLoc();
6471 if (MemExpr->getQualifier())
6472 Loc = MemExpr->getQualifierRange().getBegin();
6473 Base = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc,
6474 MemExpr->getBaseType(),
6475 /*isImplicit=*/true);
6476 }
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006477 } else
6478 Base = MemExpr->getBase()->Retain();
6479
6480 return MemberExpr::Create(Context, Base,
Douglas Gregor699ee522009-11-20 19:42:02 +00006481 MemExpr->isArrow(),
6482 MemExpr->getQualifier(),
6483 MemExpr->getQualifierRange(),
6484 Fn,
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00006485 MemExpr->getMemberLoc(),
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006486 TemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor699ee522009-11-20 19:42:02 +00006487 Fn->getType());
6488 }
6489
Douglas Gregor699ee522009-11-20 19:42:02 +00006490 assert(false && "Invalid reference to overloaded function");
6491 return E->Retain();
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00006492}
6493
Douglas Gregor20093b42009-12-09 23:02:17 +00006494Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::FixOverloadedFunctionReference(OwningExprResult E,
6495 FunctionDecl *Fn) {
6496 return Owned(FixOverloadedFunctionReference((Expr *)E.get(), Fn));
6497}
6498
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00006499} // end namespace clang